{"title":"All Products","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"tynor-compression-garment-face-open-hood-i85-australia","title":"Tynor Face Compression Garment I85 | Open Hood Australia","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Compression Garment Face Open Hood is a specialised graduated compression garment designed to assist compression and support of the face, jaw, and neck regions. High spandex content provides controlled, accurate compression that conforms closely to facial anatomy, while the open face design allows visibility, breathability, and monitoring of the treated area during wear. Flat seams and a soft, dermophilic four-way stretch fabric are designed to minimise skin irritation during extended daily use. Suitable for use under the direction of a healthcare professional for burns management, lymphoedema, post-surgical facial recovery, and other vascular or soft tissue conditions of the face and jaw. Supplied by Australian Healthcare Supplies, a registered NDIS provider based in Perth, Western Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh spandex content for controlled compression\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed to provide accurate, sustained graduated compression that conforms closely to facial anatomy, assisting fluid management and designed to help maintain jaw and facial soft tissue support throughout the recovery period.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpen face design\u003c\/strong\u003e — The open hood construction exposes the face while covering the jaw, chin, and neck, allowing visibility, breathability, and easy clinical monitoring of the treated area without removing the garment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnatomical shape for uniform fit\u003c\/strong\u003e — Contoured to conform to the natural shape of the face and jaw, designed to provide even compression distribution and a comfortable, secure fit during extended daily wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour-way stretch, dermophilic fabric\u003c\/strong\u003e — Soft, aerated, skin-friendly fabric designed to minimise irritation during extended wear — important for post-surgical and burns patients with sensitive or healing skin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlat seams throughout\u003c\/strong\u003e — Seam construction designed to minimise pressure points and skin irritation, particularly important for use over surgically repaired or burn-affected skin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable long-term compression performance\u003c\/strong\u003e — High spandex content designed to maintain compression integrity over extended periods without loosening, supporting consistent compression throughout the treatment period.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Compression Garment Face Open Hood may assist in managing and supporting recovery associated with the following conditions, when directed by a healthcare professional:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBurns management — facial and neck region compression during scar maturation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFacial and cervical lymphoedema — designed to assist graduated compression for fluid management\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePost-surgical facial recovery — chin lift, facelift, facial liposuction, and related procedures\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePost-traumatic facial soft tissue swelling and oedema\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVascular conditions affecting the face and neck requiring graduated compression\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eJaw and mandibular support following facial surgery or trauma\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHypertrophic scar management of the facial and neck region\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse under the strict guidance of a qualified healthcare professional — burns specialist, plastic surgeon, occupational therapist, or lymphoedema therapist. This garment must be correctly sized to deliver appropriate compression. NDIS participants should \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e to confirm funding eligibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEnsure the face and neck area is clean and dry before application.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdentify the correct orientation — the open face section should frame the face, with the chin panel positioned under the jaw and the hood section covering the top of the head.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGently stretch and ease the garment over the head, aligning the open face section with your features.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdjust for an even, snug fit — compression should be firm but comfortable, with no areas of excessive tightness or bunching.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCheck that breathing, swallowing, and jaw movement are comfortable and unobstructed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWear duration and schedule as directed by your treating clinician — do not self-prescribe wearing time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Compression Garment Face Open Hood I85 — Beige (size as selected)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduct instruction insert\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHand wash only in mild detergent, water below 30°C — do not wring\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDry flat in shade on a flat surface — do not tumble dry\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not dry-clean, iron, or bleach\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWash regularly to maintain hygiene, particularly during post-surgical or burns use — consult your clinician for washing frequency guidance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHaving two garments and alternating daily is recommended for continuous use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse under the strict guidance of a qualified healthcare professional — burns specialist, plastic surgeon, or lymphoedema therapist\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCorrect sizing is critical — an incorrectly fitted compression garment may provide insufficient compression or restrict circulation; confirm sizing with your clinician before ordering\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use immediately and seek medical advice if you experience skin breakdown, increased pain, restricted breathing or swallowing, numbness, or worsening symptoms\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not use over open wounds, active skin infections, or unhealed surgical incisions unless specifically directed by your treating clinician\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not use if you have known hypersensitivity or allergy to any component materials (Rayon, Spandex)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThis product cannot be returned for hygiene reasons — confirm sizing carefully before purchasing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMisuse or improper use may reduce effectiveness and lead to adverse effects\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I measure for the correct size?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nMeasure your face circumference just in front of the ears at the widest part of the face. Refer to the size chart image on this page to confirm your size. If you are between sizes or unsure, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e before ordering — correct sizing is essential for this product to deliver appropriate compression. Note: this product cannot be returned for hygiene reasons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this garment suitable for burns recovery?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe I85 is designed for use in burns management as part of a scar compression therapy programme, under the direction of a burns specialist or occupational therapist. Compression garments for burns use must be prescribed and fitted by a clinician — do not self-prescribe for burns management.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I wear it at night?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWearing schedule — including whether night wear is appropriate — must be directed by your treating clinician. Compression garment wearing duration varies significantly depending on the condition being managed. Always follow your clinician's guidance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use NDIS funding?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAustralian Healthcare Supplies is a registered NDIS provider. This product may be eligible under relevant NDIS support categories. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e to confirm eligibility for your plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e I 85\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eSizes Available:\u003c\/strong\u003e Universal · Special — measure face circumference in front of ears; refer to size chart image\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beige\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rayon, Spandex (high spandex content)\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eCertifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO 9001 · ISO 13485 · ISO 45001 · US FDA Registered · CE Marked · W.H.O. GMP\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eEC Representative:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT Promedt Consulting GmbH, Ernst-Heckel-Straße 7, 66386 St. Ingbert, Germany\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies, Perth WA — registered NDIS provider\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eBulk \u0026amp; Institutional Orders:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for hospital supply, burns unit accounts, clinic accounts, and volume pricing\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/I_85_Compression_Garment_Face_Open_Hood_user_manual_cc.pdf\" title=\"Tynor Compression Garment Face Open Hood I85 Product Manual\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Product Manual (PDF)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"UNI","offer_id":39385535316026,"sku":"I85KAZ-UNI-COMP-GMT-FACE-OHOOD-1","price":49.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"SPL","offer_id":39385535348794,"sku":"I85UAZ-SPL-COMP-GMT-FACE-OHOOD","price":49.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/tynor-face-compression-garment-product-image-male..webp?v=1780220590"},{"product_id":"i83-compression-vest-sleeveless","title":"Tynor Compression Vest Sleeveless I83 | Chest \u0026 Abdomen Support","description":"\u003c!-- SEO\nTitle: Tynor Compression Vest Sleeveless I83 | Chest \u0026 Abdomen Support\nMeta description: Tynor Compression Vest Sleeveless I83, a Class 1 graduated compression garment designed to support the chest and abdomen. Sizes S to XXL, Normal and Wide. NDIS supplier.\nURL handle: i83-compression-vest-sleeveless\nKeywords: compression vest, sleeveless compression garment, Class 1 compression, lymphoedema vest, burns compression garment, Tynor I83, compression garment Australia\nGoogle Ads headlines (max 30 chars): Compression Vest Sleeveless | Tynor I83 Compression Vest | Class 1 Compression Vest | Chest \u0026 Abdomen Support\nGoogle Ads descriptions (max 90 chars): Class 1 graduated compression vest for the chest and abdomen. Sizes S to XXL. | Soft, flat-seam compression garment for burns, lymphoedema and post-op support. NDIS supplier.\n--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Compression Vest, Sleeveless (I 83) is a specialised graduated compression garment designed to help support the chest and abdomen. Knitted from a soft, high-spandex rayon and spandex fabric with a strong four-way stretch, it is shaped anatomically to deliver uniform, graduated compression that conforms closely to the body. Flat seams help reduce the risk of skin irritation during extended daily wear, and a wide size range in Normal and Wide fittings makes it easier to select a comfortable fit. To be used under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional. Supplied by Australian Healthcare Supplies, a registered NDIS provider based in Perth, Western Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnatomically shaped, pull-on design for uniform, graduated compression across the chest and abdomen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigher spandex content designed to deliver accurate, sustained compression over long periods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoft, aerated, lightweight knit with a strong four-way stretch for a snug, conforming fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlat seams and dermophilic (skin-friendly) fabric designed to reduce rubbing and irritation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGood colourfastness and a long functional life for durable everyday wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in Class 1 compression, with Normal and Wide fittings across S to XXL.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMay assist in managing discomfort associated with the following conditions:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBurns and scar management of the chest and trunk\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport following surgery to the chest or abdomen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLymphoedema and fluid retention affecting the trunk, as advised\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwelling or oedema of the upper body\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChronic venous conditions, as advised by a clinician\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePut the garment on as directed by your healthcare professional, ideally early in the day when swelling is at its lowest.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEase it on gradually and smooth the fabric so compression sits evenly, with no wrinkles or bunching.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt should feel firm but comfortable, never painful or restrictive.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you use lotion, allow it to dry first; a little talcum powder can help the garment slide on.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow your clinician's advice on wear time and daily schedule.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Compression Vest, Sleeveless (I 83)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand wash with a mild detergent in water below 30°C; do not wring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry flat in the shade.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not dry-clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not iron.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not bleach.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse under the strict guidance of a qualified doctor or healthcare professional, who can confirm suitability, the correct compression class and correct sizing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot suitable for people with peripheral obstructive arterial disease, peripheral neuropathy, congestive heart failure, septic phlebitis or oozing dermatitis — seek specialist vascular advice before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek advice if you notice impaired sensation, impaired blood flow, allergy, rash, itching, or if pain or discomfort persists or worsens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor before using this garment alongside another medical device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExcessive physical exertion may increase the risk of raised blood pressure — take extra precaution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMisuse or improper use can reduce effectiveness and lead to adverse effects. Keep out of reach of children.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease check with your doctor, physiotherapist, or healthcare professional to confirm this product is suitable for your condition and correct sizing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat compression class is this?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis vest is available in Class 1 (light) graduated compression. Please confirm the class your clinician recommends before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I choose Normal or Wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRefer to the size chart on this page and measure as directed. Wide fittings suit broader body shapes. If you are between sizes, contact us or check with your clinician.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I wear it every day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is designed for comfortable extended wear. Please follow your healthcare professional's advice on how long to wear it each day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this be returned?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor hygiene and safety reasons, this garment cannot be returned once opened or worn, so please confirm your size and suitability first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Code: I 83\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSizes Available: S, M, L, XL, XXL (Normal \u0026amp; Wide)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompression: Class 1, graduated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDevice Classification: Class I Medical Device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCertifications: ISO 9001 · ISO 13485 · ISO 45001 · US FDA Registered · CE Marked · W.H.O. GMP\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterials: Rayon, Spandex\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEC Representative: Sermed b.v, Schoterlandseweg 41, Oudeschoot 8451 KA, The Netherlands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAustralian Supplier: Australian Healthcare Supplies, Perth WA — registered NDIS provider\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBulk \u0026amp; wholesale orders: \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@tynor.com.au\"\u003econtact our team\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Small Normal","offer_id":32248037212218,"sku":"I83AAH-SN-COMP-GMT-VEST","price":61.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Small Wide","offer_id":32248037376058,"sku":"I83AAI-SW-COMP-GMT-VEST","price":61.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Medium Normal","offer_id":32248037244986,"sku":"I83BAH-MN-COMP-GMT-VEST","price":61.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Medium Wide","offer_id":32248037408826,"sku":"I83BAI-MW-COMP-GMT-VEST","price":61.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Large Normal","offer_id":32248037277754,"sku":"I83CAH-LN-COMP-GMT-VEST","price":61.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Large Wide","offer_id":32248037441594,"sku":"I83CAI-LW-COMP-GMT-VEST","price":61.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"XL Normal","offer_id":32248037310522,"sku":"I83DAH-XLN-COMP-GMT-VEST","price":61.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"XL Wide","offer_id":32248037474362,"sku":"I83DAI-XLW-COMP-GMT-VEST","price":61.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"XXL Normal","offer_id":32248037343290,"sku":"I83EAH-XXLN-COMP-GMT-VEST","price":61.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"XXL Wide","offer_id":32248037507130,"sku":"I83EAI-XXLW-COMP-GMT-VEST","price":61.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/compression-vest-sleeveless.jpg?v=1625165903"},{"product_id":"i80-compression-leg-sleeves-open-toe","title":"Tynor Compression Stockings Below Knee Open Toe I80 | Class 2 Pair","description":"\u003c!-- SEO\nTitle: Compression Stockings Below Knee Open Toe I80 | Tynor\nMeta description: Tynor I80 Class 2 (20-30 mmHg) below-knee open-toe compression stockings, designed to provide graduated leg support. Australian NDIS provider, Perth WA.\nURL handle: i80-compression-leg-sleeves-open-toe\nKeywords: compression stockings Australia, Class 2 compression, graduated compression, below knee compression stockings, open toe compression, varicose veins support, lymphoedema, NDIS healthcare products\nGoogle Ads headlines (max 30 chars): Class 2 Compression Stockings | Below-Knee Open-Toe I80 | Graduated Leg Compression | NDIS Compression Support\nGoogle Ads descriptions (max 90 chars): Tynor I80 graduated Class 2 below-knee open-toe compression stockings. Australian stock. | Designed to support tired, swollen legs. NDIS provider based in Perth WA. Shop now.\n--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Compression Stockings Below Knee (Open Toe) I80 are Class 2 (20-30 mmHg) graduated compression garments for the lower leg, supplied as a pair. Knitted from a soft rayon and spandex fabric with a strong four-way stretch, they are shaped anatomically to deliver firm, graduated compression that is strongest at the ankle and eases gradually up the calf. The open-toe design and light, aerated knit are made for comfortable everyday wear. Available in Small to XL, each in Normal and Wide fittings. Supplied by Australian Healthcare Supplies, a registered NDIS provider based in Perth, Western Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGraduated, controlled compression that is firmest at the ankle for uniform lower-leg support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnatomical shape gives an even, comfortable fit over uneven limb contours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoft, aerated rayon and spandex knit with a strong four-way stretch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlat seams for skin-friendly comfort during extended wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpen-toe design and below-knee length.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMachine washable and durable for a long functional life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMay assist in managing discomfort associated with the following conditions:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVaricose veins and spider veins (mild varicosities)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChronic peripheral venous insufficiency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeep vein thrombosis (DVT)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLymphoedema\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePhlebitis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLipodermatosclerosis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEconomy class syndrome (ECS) during long travel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwelling, tired or aching legs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlood clots following surgery or injury\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePregnancy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBurns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePut the garment on first thing in the morning, before getting out of bed, when the leg has the least swelling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the garment inside out to about the halfway point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWiden the opening and draw it up to the ankle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnfold the garment from the ankle up to below the knee.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth any wrinkles upward from the bottom with your hand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTip: let leg lotion dry first; a little talcum powder helps the garment slide, and rubber dishwashing gloves make it easier to adjust and smooth the fabric.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 pair of Tynor Compression Stockings Below Knee Open Toe (I80)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct instruction leaflet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand wash with mild detergent below 30°C; do not wring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry in shade on a flat surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not bleach, iron or dry-clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse under the guidance of a qualified doctor or healthcare professional.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot suitable for people with peripheral arterial disease, peripheral neuropathy, congestive heart failure, septic phlebitis or oozing dermatitis, unless advised by a vascular physician.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek advice if you notice impaired sensation, impaired blood flow, rash, itching, or if pain increases or persists.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTake extra care with strenuous exertion, which can raise blood pressure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the instructions on the box and keep out of reach of children.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease check with your doctor, physiotherapist, or healthcare professional to confirm this product is suitable for your condition and correct sizing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat compression class is the I80?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eClass 2, 20-30 mmHg graduated compression, strongest at the ankle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it open or closed toe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOpen toe, below-knee length, supplied as a pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat sizes are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSmall, Medium, Large and XL, each in Normal and Wide fittings. Measure your ankle and calf and check the size guide before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order it on NDIS?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWe are a registered NDIS provider; purchases are subject to your NDIS plan and approval.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e I 80\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSizes Available:\u003c\/strong\u003e S, M, L, XL — each in Normal \u0026amp; Wide fittings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompression Class:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class 2 (20-30 mmHg), graduated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO 9001 · ISO 13485 · ISO 45001 · US FDA Registered · CE Marked · W.H.O. GMP\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rayon, Spandex\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEC Representative:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sermed b.v, Schoterlandseweg 41, Oudeschoot 8451 KA, The Netherlands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies, Perth WA — registered NDIS provider\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBulk \u0026amp; wholesale orders:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@tynor.com.au\"\u003esales@tynor.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Small-Normal","offer_id":39348178976826,"sku":"I80AAH-SN-COMP-GMT-KNE-OTOE","price":35.14,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Small-Wide","offer_id":39348180451386,"sku":"I80AAI-SW-COMP-GMT-KNE-OTOE","price":35.14,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Medium-Normal","offer_id":39348180484154,"sku":"I80BAH-MN-COMP-GMT-KNE-OTOE","price":35.14,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Medium-Wide","offer_id":39348180516922,"sku":"I80BAI-MW-COMP-GMT-KNE-OTOE","price":35.14,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Large-Normal","offer_id":39348180549690,"sku":"I80CAH-LN-COMP-GMT-KNE-OTOE","price":35.14,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Large-Wide","offer_id":39348180582458,"sku":"I80CAI-LW-COMP-GMT-KNE-OTOE","price":35.14,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"XL-Normal","offer_id":39348180615226,"sku":"I80DAH-XLN-COMP-GMT-KNE-OTOE","price":35.14,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"XL-Wide","offer_id":39348180647994,"sku":"I80DAI-XLW-COMP-GMT-KNE-OTOE","price":35.14,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/compression-garment-leg-below-knee-open-toe-pair.jpg?v=1625166759"},{"product_id":"i79-compression-leg-sleeves-mid-thigh-closed-toe","title":"Tynor Compression Stocking Mid Thigh Closed Toe I79 | Class 2 Pair","description":"\u003c!-- SEO\nTitle: Compression Stocking Mid Thigh Closed Toe I79 | Tynor\nMeta description: Tynor I79 Class 2 (20-30 mmHg) mid-thigh closed-toe compression stockings, a pair designed to provide graduated leg support. Australian NDIS provider, Perth WA.\nURL handle: i79-compression-leg-sleeves-mid-thigh-closed-toe\nKeywords: compression stockings Australia, Class 2 compression, graduated compression, mid thigh compression stockings, closed toe compression, varicose veins support, lymphoedema, NDIS healthcare products\nGoogle Ads headlines (max 30 chars): Class 2 Compression Stocking | Mid-Thigh Closed-Toe I79 | Graduated Leg Compression | NDIS Compression Support\nGoogle Ads descriptions (max 90 chars): Tynor I79 graduated Class 2 mid-thigh closed-toe compression stockings. AU stock. | Designed to support tired, swollen legs. NDIS provider based in Perth WA. Shop now.\n--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Compression Stocking Mid Thigh (Closed Toe) I79 is a Class 2 (20-30 mmHg) graduated compression garment for the leg, supplied as a pair. Knitted from a soft rayon and spandex fabric with a strong four-way stretch, it is shaped anatomically to deliver firm, graduated compression that is strongest at the ankle and eases gradually up the leg to mid-thigh. The closed-toe design and light, aerated knit are made for comfortable everyday wear. Available in Small to XL, each in Normal and Wide fittings. Supplied by Australian Healthcare Supplies, a registered NDIS provider based in Perth, Western Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGraduated, controlled compression that is firmest at the ankle for uniform leg support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnatomical shape gives an even, comfortable fit over uneven limb contours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoft, aerated rayon and spandex knit with a strong four-way stretch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlat seams for skin-friendly comfort during extended wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClosed-toe design and mid-thigh length.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMachine washable and durable for a long functional life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMay assist in managing discomfort associated with the following conditions:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVaricose veins and spider veins (mild varicosities)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChronic peripheral venous insufficiency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeep vein thrombosis (DVT)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLymphoedema\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePhlebitis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLipodermatosclerosis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEconomy class syndrome (ECS) during long travel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwelling, tired or aching legs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlood clots following surgery or injury\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePregnancy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBurns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePut the garment on first thing in the morning, before getting out of bed, when the leg has the least swelling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the garment inside out to about the halfway point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWiden the opening and draw it up to the ankle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnfold the garment from the ankle up to mid-thigh.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth any wrinkles upward from the bottom with your hand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTip: let leg lotion dry first; a little talcum powder helps the garment slide, and rubber dishwashing gloves make it easier to adjust and smooth the fabric.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 pair of Tynor Compression Stocking Mid Thigh Closed Toe (I79)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct instruction leaflet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand wash with mild detergent below 30°C; do not wring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry in shade on a flat surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not bleach, iron or dry-clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse under the guidance of a qualified doctor or healthcare professional.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot suitable for people with peripheral arterial disease, peripheral neuropathy, congestive heart failure, septic phlebitis or oozing dermatitis, unless advised by a vascular physician.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek advice if you notice impaired sensation, impaired blood flow, rash, itching, or if pain increases or persists.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTake extra care with strenuous exertion, which can raise blood pressure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the instructions on the box and keep out of reach of children.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease check with your doctor, physiotherapist, or healthcare professional to confirm this product is suitable for your condition and correct sizing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat compression class is the I79?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eClass 2, 20-30 mmHg graduated compression, strongest at the ankle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it open or closed toe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eClosed toe, mid-thigh length, supplied as a pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat sizes are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSmall, Medium, Large and XL, each in Normal and Wide fittings. Measure your ankle, calf and thigh and check the size guide before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order it on NDIS?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWe are a registered NDIS provider; purchases are subject to your NDIS plan and approval.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e I 79\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSizes Available:\u003c\/strong\u003e S, M, L, XL — each in Normal \u0026amp; Wide fittings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompression Class:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class 2 (20-30 mmHg), graduated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO 9001 · ISO 13485 · ISO 45001 · US FDA Registered · CE Marked · W.H.O. GMP\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rayon, Spandex\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEC Representative:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sermed b.v, Schoterlandseweg 41, Oudeschoot 8451 KA, The Netherlands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies, Perth WA — registered NDIS provider\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBulk \u0026amp; wholesale orders:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@tynor.com.au\"\u003esales@tynor.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"S NORMAL","offer_id":31488001245242,"sku":"I79AAH-SN-COMP-GMT-THIGH-CTOE","price":49.63,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"S WIDE","offer_id":31488001278010,"sku":"I79AAI-SW-COMP-GMT-THIGH-CTOE","price":49.63,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M NORMAL","offer_id":31488001310778,"sku":"I79BAH-MN-COMP-GMT-THIGH-CTOE","price":49.63,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"M WIDE","offer_id":31488001343546,"sku":"I79BAI-MW-COMP-GMT-THIGH-CTOE","price":49.63,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"L NORMAL","offer_id":31488001376314,"sku":"I79CAH-LN-COMP-GMT-THIGH-CTOE","price":49.63,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"L WIDE","offer_id":31488001409082,"sku":"I79CAI-LW-COMP-GMT-THIGH-CTOE","price":49.63,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"XL NORMAL","offer_id":31488001441850,"sku":"I79DAH-XLN-COMP-GMT-THIGH-CTOE","price":49.63,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"XL WIDE","offer_id":31488001474618,"sku":"I79DAI-XLW-COMP-GMT-THIGH-CTOE","price":49.63,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/compression-garment-leg-mid-thigh-closed-toe.jpg?v=1625172681"},{"product_id":"i78-compression-leg-sleeves-mid-thigh-open-toe","title":"Tynor Compression Stocking Mid Thigh Open Toe I78 | Class 2 Pair","description":"\u003c!-- SEO\nTitle: Compression Stocking Mid Thigh Open Toe I78 | Tynor\nMeta description: Tynor I78 Class 2 (20-30 mmHg) mid-thigh open-toe compression stockings, a pair designed to provide graduated leg support. Australian NDIS provider, Perth WA.\nURL handle: i78-compression-leg-sleeves-mid-thigh-open-toe\nKeywords: compression stockings Australia, Class 2 compression, graduated compression, mid thigh compression stockings, open toe compression, varicose veins support, lymphoedema, NDIS healthcare products\nGoogle Ads headlines (max 30 chars): Class 2 Compression Stocking | Mid-Thigh Open-Toe I78 | Graduated Leg Compression | NDIS Compression Support\nGoogle Ads descriptions (max 90 chars): Tynor I78 graduated Class 2 mid-thigh open-toe compression stockings. AU stock. | Designed to support tired, swollen legs. NDIS provider based in Perth WA. Shop now.\n--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Compression Stocking Mid Thigh (Open Toe) I78 is a Class 2 (20-30 mmHg) graduated compression garment for the leg, supplied as a pair. Knitted from a soft rayon and spandex fabric with a strong four-way stretch, it is shaped anatomically to deliver firm, graduated compression that is strongest at the ankle and eases gradually up the leg to mid-thigh. The open-toe design and light, aerated knit are made for comfortable everyday wear. Available in Small to XL, each in Normal and Wide fittings. Supplied by Australian Healthcare Supplies, a registered NDIS provider based in Perth, Western Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGraduated, controlled compression that is firmest at the ankle for uniform leg support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnatomical shape gives an even, comfortable fit over uneven limb contours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoft, aerated rayon and spandex knit with a strong four-way stretch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlat seams for skin-friendly comfort during extended wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpen-toe design and mid-thigh length.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMachine washable and durable for a long functional life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMay assist in managing discomfort associated with the following conditions:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVaricose veins and spider veins (mild varicosities)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChronic peripheral venous insufficiency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeep vein thrombosis (DVT)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLymphoedema\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePhlebitis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLipodermatosclerosis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEconomy class syndrome (ECS) during long travel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwelling, tired or aching legs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlood clots following surgery or injury\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePregnancy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBurns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePut the garment on first thing in the morning, before getting out of bed, when the leg has the least swelling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the garment inside out to about the halfway point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWiden the opening and draw it up to the ankle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnfold the garment from the ankle up to mid-thigh.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth any wrinkles upward from the bottom with your hand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTip: let leg lotion dry first; a little talcum powder helps the garment slide, and rubber dishwashing gloves make it easier to adjust and smooth the fabric.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 pair of Tynor Compression Stocking Mid Thigh Open Toe (I78)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct instruction leaflet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand wash with mild detergent below 30°C; do not wring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry in shade on a flat surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not bleach, iron or dry-clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse under the guidance of a qualified doctor or healthcare professional.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot suitable for people with peripheral arterial disease, peripheral neuropathy, congestive heart failure, septic phlebitis or oozing dermatitis, unless advised by a vascular physician.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek advice if you notice impaired sensation, impaired blood flow, rash, itching, or if pain increases or persists.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTake extra care with strenuous exertion, which can raise blood pressure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the instructions on the box and keep out of reach of children.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease check with your doctor, physiotherapist, or healthcare professional to confirm this product is suitable for your condition and correct sizing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat compression class is the I78?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eClass 2, 20-30 mmHg graduated compression, strongest at the ankle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it open or closed toe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOpen toe, mid-thigh length, supplied as a pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat sizes are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSmall, Medium, Large and XL, each in Normal and Wide fittings. Measure your ankle, calf and thigh and check the size guide before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order it on NDIS?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWe are a registered NDIS provider; purchases are subject to your NDIS plan and approval.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e I 78\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSizes Available:\u003c\/strong\u003e S, M, L, XL — each in Normal \u0026amp; Wide fittings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompression Class:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class 2 (20-30 mmHg), graduated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO 9001 · ISO 13485 · ISO 45001 · US FDA Registered · CE Marked · W.H.O. GMP\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rayon, Spandex\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEC Representative:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sermed b.v, Schoterlandseweg 41, Oudeschoot 8451 KA, The Netherlands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies, Perth WA — registered NDIS provider\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBulk \u0026amp; wholesale orders:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@tynor.com.au\"\u003esales@tynor.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"S NORMAL","offer_id":31488001507386,"sku":"I78AAH-SN-COMP-GMT-THIGH-OTOE","price":49.63,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"S WIDE","offer_id":31488001540154,"sku":"I78AAI-SW-COMP-GMT-THIGH-OTOE","price":49.63,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M NORMAL","offer_id":31488001572922,"sku":"I78BAH-MN-COMP-GMT-THIGH-OTOE","price":49.63,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"M WIDE","offer_id":31488001605690,"sku":"I78BAI-MW-COMP-GMT-THIGH-OTOE","price":49.63,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"L NORMAL","offer_id":31488001638458,"sku":"I78CAH-LN-COMP-GMT-THIGH-OTOE","price":49.63,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"L WIDE","offer_id":31488001671226,"sku":"I78CAI-LW-COMP-GMT-THIGH-OTOE","price":49.63,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"XL NORMAL","offer_id":31488001703994,"sku":"I78DAH-XLN-COMP-GMT-THIGH-OTOE","price":49.63,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"XL WIDE","offer_id":31488001736762,"sku":"I78DAI-XLW-COMP-GMT-THIGH-OTOE","price":49.63,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/compression-garment-leg-mid-thigh-open-toe-pair.jpg?v=1625173671"},{"product_id":"i15-compression-stocking-mid-thigh-classic-pair","title":"Tynor Compression Stocking Mid Thigh I15 | Class 2 Graduated Compression","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Compression Stocking Mid Thigh Classic (I-15) is a mid-thigh-length graduated compression stocking that provides Class 2 graduated compression — strongest at the ankle and easing gradually up the leg — to support the legs and help manage swelling and tired, aching legs. Anatomically shaped with a four-way-stretch, breathable knit, a closed heel and an open toe, it is comfortable for daily wear and easy to put on and care for. Available in sizes S to XXL.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGraduated compression\u003c\/strong\u003e — Strongest at the ankle and gradually decreasing up the leg for effective venous support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptimal compression\u003c\/strong\u003e — Class 2 compression delivers firm, supportive pressure to the legs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to use\u003c\/strong\u003e — Simple to put on, washable, with a long functional life and colourfastness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnatomical shape\u003c\/strong\u003e — Shaped to the leg for upward graded compression and a comfortable fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour-way-stretch knit\u003c\/strong\u003e — Strong, durable four-way stretch for effective compression and a snug fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBreathable, closed heel \u0026amp; open toe\u003c\/strong\u003e — Light, porous knit with a closed heel and open toe for comfort and reduced wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Compression Stocking Mid Thigh is intended to provide graduated compression and venous support to the legs, under the direction of a qualified healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral leg comfort and support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTired, aching or fatigued legs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport during periods of leg swelling (oedema)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMild varicose veins and spider veins\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport during long periods of sitting or standing, including long-haul travel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVenous support during increased leg strain (under medical advice)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose the correct size by measuring as shown in the size chart — a correct fit is essential for effective, comfortable graduated compression. If you have diabetes, circulation problems, reduced skin sensation or any vascular condition, check with your doctor before use.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional, who can confirm the correct compression level and size for your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePut the stocking on first thing in the morning, when swelling is lowest.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the stocking inside out down to the heel, then ease the foot in and pull up to the ankle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnroll the stocking up the leg to the mid-thigh.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth out any wrinkles from the bottom upward for even compression.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:0.9em;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eTip: let leg lotion dry before putting the stocking on; a little powder or rubber dishwashing gloves can help it slide on and sit smoothly.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTynor Compression Stocking Mid Thigh Classic (I-15)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand wash with mild detergent in water below 30°C; do not wring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry flat in the shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not dry-clean, iron or bleach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you use leg lotion, let it dry before putting the stocking on\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA correct size and fit are essential; measure as shown in the size chart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you have diabetes, circulation problems, reduced skin sensation or a vascular condition, check with your doctor before use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek medical advice if you experience numbness, tingling, skin discolouration, increased swelling, or if discomfort or symptoms persist or worsen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMisuse or improper fitting may reduce effectiveness or cause adverse effects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the instructions provided on the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is graduated compression?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nCompression that is strongest at the ankle and gradually eases up the leg, supporting venous return and helping manage swelling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat compression class is this?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nClass 2 graduated compression.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen should I put it on?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFirst thing in the morning, when leg swelling is at its lowest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I choose the right size?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nMeasure your leg as shown in the size chart (S–XXL) and check with your healthcare professional, especially if between sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e I 15\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e S, M, L, XL, XXL\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid-thigh\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompression:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class 2, graduated (strongest at the ankle)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyamide, Rubber, Spandex (Elastane)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/I15-Product-manual-Compression_Stockings_Mid-Thigh_Classic.pdf?v=1780530013\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDownload Product Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Small","offer_id":31488001769530,"sku":"I15AAG-SML-THIGH-COMP-STOK","price":69.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Medium","offer_id":31488001802298,"sku":"I15BAG-MED-THIGH-COMP-STOK","price":69.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Large","offer_id":31488001835066,"sku":"I15CAG-LRG-THIGH-COMP-STOK","price":69.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Extra Large","offer_id":31772910321722,"sku":"I15DAG-XL-THIGH-COMP-STOK","price":69.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"XXL","offer_id":39385489801274,"sku":"I15EAG-XXL-THIGH-COMP-STOK","price":69.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/compression-stocking-mid-thigh-classic-pair.jpg?v=1627152627"},{"product_id":"y01","title":"Tynor Display Stand Y 01 | Retail Product Display","description":"\u003c!-- SEO\nTitle: Tynor Display Stand Y 01 | Retail Display\nMeta description: The Tynor Display Stand helps present orthopaedic products clearly in stores and clinics. Australian stock, supplied by a registered NDIS provider in Perth WA.\nURL handle: y01\nKeywords: retail display stand, product display stand, pharmacy display, clinic merchandising stand, orthopaedic retail display, Tynor Australia\nGoogle Ads headlines (max 30 chars): Tynor Display Stand | Retail Product Display | Sleek Clinic Merchandiser | Durable Store Stand\nGoogle Ads descriptions (max 90 chars): Present orthopaedic products clearly in stores and clinics. | Australian stock, supplied by a registered NDIS provider in Perth WA.\n--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eTynor Display Stand (Y 01)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a durable, versatile fixture designed to help present and organise a range of orthopaedic and healthcare products. Well suited to pharmacies, clinics, retail floors and exhibition spaces, it keeps products visible and easy to reach for customers and staff. Its sturdy build and space-efficient design make it a practical merchandising solution, and it assembles quickly for straightforward setup. Supplied by Australian Healthcare Supplies, a registered NDIS provider based in Perth, Western Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable construction built for repeated retail use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSleek, professional design that suits pharmacy and clinic settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpace-efficient footprint ideal for compact display areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick and straightforward to assemble.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersatile presentation for supports, braces and orthopaedic items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssemble the stand following the included setup steps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition it on a firm, level surface within your retail or clinic space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eArrange products across the stand for clear visibility and easy access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Tynor Display Stand (Y 01)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe with a damp cloth to clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid harsh chemicals and abrasive cleaners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore in a dry area to help maintain the finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace on a firm, level surface and confirm stability before loading products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistribute product weight evenly and do not overload the stand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis is a retail display fixture and is not a medical device or mobility support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is this stand used?\u003c\/strong\u003e It suits pharmacies, clinics, retail stores and exhibition spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can it display?\u003c\/strong\u003e A range of orthopaedic and healthcare products such as supports and braces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it easy to set up?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, it is designed for quick, straightforward assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e Y 01\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntended Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e In-store and clinic retail product display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies, Perth WA — registered NDIS provider\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBulk \u0026amp; wholesale orders:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@tynor.com.au\"\u003esales@tynor.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31602915246138,"sku":"Y01CAZ LRG TYNOR DISPLAY STAND","price":89.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/DisplayStand840003814682_f.jpg?v=1590068325"},{"product_id":"i81-compression-sleeve-leg-below-knee-closed-toe","title":"Tynor Compression Stocking Below Knee Closed Toe I81 | Class 2 Pair","description":"\u003c!-- SEO\nTitle: Compression Stocking Below Knee Closed Toe I81 | Tynor\nMeta description: Tynor I81 Class 2 (20-30 mmHg) below-knee closed-toe compression stockings, a pair designed to provide graduated leg support. Australian NDIS provider, Perth WA.\nURL handle: i81-compression-sleeve-leg-below-knee-closed-toe\nKeywords: compression stockings Australia, Class 2 compression, graduated compression, below knee compression stockings, closed toe compression, varicose veins support, lymphoedema, NDIS healthcare products\nGoogle Ads headlines (max 30 chars): Class 2 Compression Stocking | Below-Knee Closed-Toe I81 | Graduated Leg Compression | NDIS Compression Support\nGoogle Ads descriptions (max 90 chars): Tynor I81 graduated Class 2 below-knee closed-toe compression stockings. AU stock. | Designed to support tired, swollen legs. NDIS provider based in Perth WA. Shop now.\n--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Compression Stocking Below Knee (Closed Toe) I81 is a Class 2 (20-30 mmHg) graduated compression garment for the lower leg, supplied as a pair. Knitted from a soft rayon and spandex fabric with a strong four-way stretch, it is shaped anatomically to deliver firm, graduated compression that is strongest at the ankle and eases gradually up the calf. The closed-toe design and light, aerated knit are made for comfortable everyday wear. Available in Small to XL, each in Normal and Wide fittings. Supplied by Australian Healthcare Supplies, a registered NDIS provider based in Perth, Western Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGraduated, controlled compression that is firmest at the ankle for uniform lower-leg support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnatomical shape gives an even, comfortable fit over uneven limb contours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoft, aerated rayon and spandex knit with a strong four-way stretch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlat seams for skin-friendly comfort during extended wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClosed-toe design and below-knee length.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMachine washable and durable for a long functional life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMay assist in managing discomfort associated with the following conditions:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVaricose veins and spider veins (mild varicosities)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChronic peripheral venous insufficiency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeep vein thrombosis (DVT)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLymphoedema\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePhlebitis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLipodermatosclerosis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEconomy class syndrome (ECS) during long travel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwelling, tired or aching legs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlood clots following surgery or injury\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePregnancy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBurns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePut the garment on first thing in the morning, before getting out of bed, when the leg has the least swelling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the garment inside out to about the halfway point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWiden the opening and draw it up to the ankle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnfold the garment from the ankle up to below the knee.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth any wrinkles upward from the bottom with your hand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTip: let leg lotion dry first; a little talcum powder helps the garment slide, and rubber dishwashing gloves make it easier to adjust and smooth the fabric.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 pair of Tynor Compression Stocking Below Knee Closed Toe (I81)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct instruction leaflet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand wash with mild detergent below 30°C; do not wring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry in shade on a flat surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not bleach, iron or dry-clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse under the guidance of a qualified doctor or healthcare professional.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot suitable for people with peripheral arterial disease, peripheral neuropathy, congestive heart failure, septic phlebitis or oozing dermatitis, unless advised by a vascular physician.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek advice if you notice impaired sensation, impaired blood flow, rash, itching, or if pain increases or persists.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTake extra care with strenuous exertion, which can raise blood pressure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the instructions on the box and keep out of reach of children.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease check with your doctor, physiotherapist, or healthcare professional to confirm this product is suitable for your condition and correct sizing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat compression class is the I81?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eClass 2, 20-30 mmHg graduated compression, strongest at the ankle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it open or closed toe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eClosed toe, below-knee length, supplied as a pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat sizes are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSmall, Medium, Large and XL, each in Normal and Wide fittings. Measure your ankle and calf and check the size guide before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order it on NDIS?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWe are a registered NDIS provider; purchases are subject to your NDIS plan and approval.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e I 81\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSizes Available:\u003c\/strong\u003e S, M, L, XL — each in Normal \u0026amp; Wide fittings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompression Class:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class 2 (20-30 mmHg), graduated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO 9001 · ISO 13485 · ISO 45001 · US FDA Registered · CE Marked · W.H.O. GMP\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rayon, Spandex\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEC Representative:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sermed b.v, Schoterlandseweg 41, Oudeschoot 8451 KA, The Netherlands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies, Perth WA — registered NDIS provider\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBulk \u0026amp; wholesale orders:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@tynor.com.au\"\u003esales@tynor.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"S NORMAL","offer_id":31488002588730,"sku":"I81AAH-SN-COMP-GMT-KNE-CTOE","price":35.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"S WIDE","offer_id":31488002621498,"sku":"I81AAI-SW-COMP-GMT-KNE-CTOE","price":35.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M NORMAL","offer_id":31488002654266,"sku":"I81BAH-MN-COMP-GMT-KNE-CTOE","price":35.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M WIDE","offer_id":31488002687034,"sku":"I81BAI-MW-COMP-GMT-KNE-CTOE","price":35.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"L NORMAL","offer_id":31488002719802,"sku":"I81CAH-LN-COMP-GMT-KNE-CTOE","price":35.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"L WIDE","offer_id":31488002752570,"sku":"I81CAI-LW-COMP-GMT-KNE-CTOE","price":35.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"XL NORMAL","offer_id":31488002785338,"sku":"I81DAH-XLN-COMP-GMT-KNE-CTOE","price":35.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"XL WIDE","offer_id":31488002818106,"sku":"I81DAI-XLW-COMP-GMT-KNE-CTOE","price":35.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/compression-garment-legbelow-knee-closed-toe.jpg?v=1625174056"},{"product_id":"tynor-tyroband-resistance-exercise-band-h14-h15-h16-h17-h18","title":"Tynor Tyroband Resistance Band | Anti-Slip Exercise Resistance Band","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Tyroband (H-14 to H-18) is a colour-coded resistance exercise band that delivers calculated, consistent resistance for isotonic exercise, strengthening and rehabilitation. Available in a graded range of resistance levels — each identified by colour — it lets you match the right resistance to your ability and progress to a stronger band as you build strength. Made from high-quality elasticised polymer with high tear strength, it's lightweight, durable and reusable, and works for everything from physiotherapy and rehab to gym work, yoga and Pilates. Universal length.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-quality elasticised material\u003c\/strong\u003e — Made from high-quality polymer with consistent, calculated resistance for effective isotonic exercise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnti-slip material\u003c\/strong\u003e — A textured, anti-slip surface improves grip and control during exercise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour-coded resistance levels\u003c\/strong\u003e — A graded range of resistance levels, each colour-coded, so you can choose the right resistance and progress over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh tear strength\u003c\/strong\u003e — Durable and resilient, designed to withstand repeated stretching.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile exercise tool\u003c\/strong\u003e — Suits physiotherapy, rehabilitation, strength training, stretching, yoga and Pilates.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight \u0026amp; reusable\u003c\/strong\u003e — Light, portable and reusable, so you can exercise at home, at the gym or in the clinic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Tyroband is intended to provide graded resistance for strengthening, stretching and rehabilitation exercises, as part of a program guided by a qualified professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-injury and post-operative rehabilitation exercises\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrengthening and conditioning of muscles and joints\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImproving flexibility and range of motion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilding muscle strength and stamina\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupporting knee and leg rehabilitation (such as ligament or meniscus rehab), as guided by a professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGym, sports, yoga and Pilates training\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGentle strengthening for older adults\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-pregnancy reconditioning exercises, as advised by a healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e This band contains latex — do not use it if you have a latex allergy. Check the band for nicks or tears before each use and replace it if damaged, as bands can snap under tension. Keep the band clear of your face and eyes, and build up resistance gradually. If you're exercising as part of rehabilitation or have any health concerns, check with your doctor or physiotherapist first.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse as part of an exercise or physiotherapy program guided by a qualified healthcare professional or physiotherapist.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose a resistance level (colour) suited to your ability — start lighter and progress as you get stronger.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the band for any nicks, tears or wear before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnchor or hold the band securely and perform your exercises with slow, controlled movements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep tension steady and avoid letting the band snap back; remove and store after use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Tyroband resistance band\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe clean with a dry or lightly damp cloth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep away from direct heat, sunlight and sharp objects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust with talc if it becomes sticky, and store flat or loosely rolled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect regularly and replace if nicked, torn or worn\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContains latex — do not use if you have a latex allergy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect before each use and replace if nicked, torn or worn, as bands can snap under tension\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the band clear of your face and eyes during use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuild up resistance gradually and use slow, controlled movements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek advice if you experience impaired sensation, reduced blood flow, allergic rash or itching, or if pain persists or worsens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse as part of a program guided by a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Tyroband used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt provides graded resistance for strengthening, stretching and rehabilitation exercises — from physiotherapy and rehab to gym, yoga and Pilates — as part of a guided program.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do the colours work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nEach colour represents a different resistance level, so you can choose the right resistance and progress to a stronger band over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it contain latex?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — do not use it if you have a latex allergy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich resistance should I choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nStart with a lighter level and build up; your physiotherapist or trainer can advise the right resistance for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Codes:\u003c\/strong\u003e H 14, H 15, H 16, H 17, H 18\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResistance Levels:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.18, 1.4, 1.5, 1.7, 2.1, 3.1 and 4.7 KGF (colour-coded)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e Universal length\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-quality elasticised polymer (contains latex)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/H14-Product-manual-H_18_Tyroband.pdf?v=1780500096\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDownload Product Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"1.18 KGF","offer_id":31488004325434,"sku":"H-14-TYROBAND-1.18KGF YELLOW","price":29.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1.4 KGF","offer_id":39605852176442,"sku":"H14ULZ-1.4KGF","price":29.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1.5 KGF","offer_id":31807499894842,"sku":"H-15-TYROBAND-1.5KGF-RED","price":29.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1.7 KGF","offer_id":39605852209210,"sku":"H15UNZ-1.7KGF","price":29.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2.1 KGF","offer_id":31807499927610,"sku":"H16UIZ-2.1 KGF-TYBAND-BLUE","price":29.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3.1 KGF","offer_id":31807499960378,"sku":"H17UOZ-3.1 KGF-TYBAND-PURPL","price":29.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4.7 KGF","offer_id":31807499993146,"sku":"H18UDZ-4.7 KGF-TYBAND-SILVR","price":29.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/Main_TyroBAnd_Tynor_AUstralia.jpg?v=1590258092"},{"product_id":"walking-stick-stand","title":"Tynor Walking Stick Stand Y 02 | Umbrella \u0026 Cane Holder","description":"\u003c!-- SEO\nTitle: Tynor Walking Stick Stand Y 02 | Cane Holder\nMeta description: The Tynor Walking Stick Stand keeps canes and umbrellas tidy and within reach at home. Australian stock, supplied by a registered NDIS provider in Perth WA.\nURL handle: walking-stick-stand\nKeywords: walking stick stand, umbrella holder indoor, cane holder, mobility aids Australia, entryway organiser, NDIS healthcare products, Tynor Australia\nGoogle Ads headlines (max 30 chars): Walking Stick Stand | Umbrella \u0026 Cane Holder | Tidy Entryway Storage | Holds Up to 4 Sticks\nGoogle Ads descriptions (max 90 chars): Keep canes and umbrellas organised and within reach at home. | Australian stock, supplied by a registered NDIS provider in Perth WA.\n--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eTynor Walking Stick Stand (Y 02)\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps walking sticks, canes and umbrellas organised and easily within reach. Designed as a practical indoor accessory, it helps tidy an entryway or bedside while keeping everyday mobility aids close to hand. Its sturdy metal frame and non-slip rubber base are built for stability, and the space-saving design suits homes, offices and care settings. Supplied by Australian Healthcare Supplies, a registered NDIS provider based in Perth, Western Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolds up to four walking sticks or canes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccommodates umbrellas of most sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSolid metal frame with a rust-resistant finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNon-slip rubber base for added stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpace-saving design ideal for compact areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDual-function use for both mobility aids and umbrellas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the stand on a firm, level surface near your entryway or bedside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInsert walking sticks, canes or umbrellas into the openings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm the base sits flat and stable before loading fully.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Tynor Walking Stick Stand (Y 02)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe with a damp cloth to clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid harsh chemicals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore in a dry area to help prevent rust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace on a firm, level surface to keep the stand stable when loaded.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not overload beyond a comfortable, balanced capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis is a storage accessory and is not a weight-bearing or mobility support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many walking sticks does it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to four sticks or canes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it hold umbrellas too?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, it accommodates umbrellas of most sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for care settings?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, it suits homes, office lobbies and care or retirement settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it rust?\u003c\/strong\u003e The frame has a rust-resistant finish; store in a dry area to help prevent rust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e Y 02\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Holds up to four walking sticks or canes, plus umbrellas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Solid metal frame with rust-resistant finish, non-slip rubber base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies, Perth WA — registered NDIS provider\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBulk \u0026amp; wholesale orders:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@tynor.com.au\"\u003esales@tynor.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Walking Stick Stand","offer_id":31488004554810,"sku":"Y02UAZ-WALKING-STAND","price":28.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/Tynor-Australian-healthcare-supplies-Walking-stick-stand.jpg?v=1663160009"},{"product_id":"k09-heel-cup-silicone-pair","title":"Tynor Heel Cup Silicone K09 | Silicone Heel Cushion Pair","description":"\u003c!-- SEO\nTitle: Tynor Heel Cup Silicone K09 | Heel Support AU\nMeta description: Tynor K09 Silicone Heel Cup (pair) is designed to cushion the heel and offload pressure. Supplied in Perth WA by Australian Healthcare Supplies, an NDIS provider.\nURL handle: k09-heel-cup-silicone-pair\nKeywords: silicone heel cup Australia, heel cushion, plantar fasciitis support, heel pain insole, orthopaedic foot support Australia, NDIS healthcare products, Tynor Australia\nGoogle Ads headlines (max 30 chars): Silicone Heel Cup | Heel Cushion Pair | Plantar Fasciitis Aid | Tynor Foot Support AU\nGoogle Ads descriptions (max 90 chars): Medical-grade silicone heel cups designed to cushion and offload the heel. | Supplied in Perth WA by an NDIS-registered healthcare provider.\n--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eTynor Heel Cup Silicone K09\u003c\/strong\u003e is a pair of medical-grade silicone heel cushions designed to support the heel and help offload pressure at the site of the calcaneus. Its anatomical shape and soft gel spot are designed to cushion the heel while distributing load across the foot. The thin, sleek construction is made to fit inside normal shoes for everyday wear. Being hypoallergenic, odourless and non-absorbent, it is easy to clean and maintain. Supplied by Australian Healthcare Supplies, a registered NDIS provider based in Perth, Western Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnatomical design that conforms to the shape of the heel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-quality medical-grade silicone with a high cushioning coefficient and shock absorption.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoft gel spot at the heel designed to take pressure off the calcaneus.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHypoallergenic, odourless and non-porous for easy cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThin, sleek profile designed to fit inside normal shoes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMay assist in managing discomfort associated with the following conditions:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiabetic foot and general heel pain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCalcaneal spur and heel pain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAchilles heel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlantar fasciitis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSports and active geriatric use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShock absorption during walking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the product inside the heel area of the shoe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlide your foot inside the shoe, ensuring the cushion stays under your heel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 pair of Tynor Silicone Heel Cups (K09)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe with a clean, moist cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust with talc powder periodically.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry in shade on a flat surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not dry-clean, iron or bleach.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek guidance from a qualified doctor in case of impaired sensation, impaired blood flow, allergy, rash or itching, or if pain increases or persists.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor before concurrent use with any other medical device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMisuse or improper use of the device can lead to adverse effects and decreased effectiveness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease check with your doctor, physiotherapist, or healthcare professional to confirm this product is suitable for your condition and correct sizing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill these fit inside normal shoes?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The heel cups have a thin, sleek profile designed to sit inside most everyday footwear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre they suitable for plantar fasciitis or heel spur?\u003c\/strong\u003e They are designed to cushion the heel and offload pressure, which may assist with discomfort in these conditions. Please confirm suitability with your healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I choose a size?\u003c\/strong\u003e Sizes are based on shoe size (S, M, L, XL). Refer to the size chart and measure your shoe size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean them?\u003c\/strong\u003e Wipe with a clean, moist cloth and dry in shade. Do not dry-clean, iron or bleach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e K09\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSizes Available:\u003c\/strong\u003e S, M, L, XL (based on shoe size)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupport Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cushioning 5\/5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO 9001 · ISO 13485 · ISO 45001 · US FDA Registered · CE Marked · W.H.O. GMP\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Silicone, polymer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEC Representative:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT Promedt Consulting GmbH, Ernst-Heckel-Straße 7, 66386 St. Ingbert, Germany\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies, Perth WA — registered NDIS provider\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBulk \u0026amp; wholesale orders:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@tynor.com.au\"\u003esales@tynor.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Small","offer_id":31488004948026,"sku":"K09AHZ-SML-HEEL-CUP-SILC","price":54.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Medium","offer_id":31807499829306,"sku":"K09BHZ-MED-HEEL-CUP-SILC","price":54.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Large","offer_id":31807499862074,"sku":"K09CHZ-LRG-HEEL-CUP-SILC","price":54.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Extra Large","offer_id":39669976072250,"sku":"K09DHZ-XL-HEEL-CUP-SILC","price":54.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/Tynor_Heel_Cup_Silicone_Pair_Heel_Pain_Plantar_Fasciitis_Australia_7.jpg?v=1664350099"},{"product_id":"i01-tourniquet","title":"Tynor Tourniquet I01 | Venous Compression Band","description":"\u003c!-- SEO\nTitle: Tynor Tourniquet I01 | Venous Compression Band\nMeta description: Tynor I01 Tourniquet, a reusable venous compression band designed to assist venipuncture and blood draws. Australian stock via a registered NDIS provider.\nURL handle: i01-tourniquet\nKeywords: tourniquet Australia, venous compression band, venipuncture tourniquet, phlebotomy tourniquet, reusable tourniquet, Tynor Australia, NDIS healthcare products\nGoogle Ads headlines (max 30 chars): Tynor Tourniquet I01 | Reusable Venous Band | Easy One-Hand Tightening | NDIS Healthcare Supplies\nGoogle Ads descriptions (max 90 chars): Reusable venous compression band designed for venipuncture and blood draws. | Adjustable hook-loop fit with reverse-buckle tightening. Australian stock.\n--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Tourniquet I01 is a reusable venous compression band designed to apply gentle, even pressure to the upper arm to help make veins more visible during venipuncture. Made from durable Polyamide and POM with a hook-and-loop band and a reverse-buckle mechanism, it is designed to support accurate needle placement for blood sampling and intravenous procedures in clinical and first-aid settings. The optimal band width helps distribute pressure evenly across the arm. Supplied by Australian Healthcare Supplies, a registered NDIS provider based in Perth, Western Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-strength material designed to withstand tension and repeated use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHook-and-loop tape allows a customised, snug fit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReverse-buckle mechanism designed for easy one-hand tightening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptimal band width helps distribute pressure evenly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReusable and convenient to carry for clinical or emergency use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMay assist in managing discomfort associated with the following conditions:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrawing blood samples from veins\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGiving intravenous injections and infusions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther procedures where venipuncture is required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnfasten the hook-and-loop closure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrap the tourniquet around the upper arm, about 3 to 4 inches (8 to 10 cm) above the venipuncture site.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTighten the strap using the reverse-buckle mechanism and fasten the hook-and-loop tape to a snug fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRelease promptly once the procedure is complete. Keep constriction pressure and time to the minimum required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Tynor Tourniquet I01\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the hook-and-loop closure before washing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand wash with mild detergent and water below 30°C without wringing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry in shade on a flat surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not dry-clean, iron or bleach.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNever place directly over a joint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThere should be no bandage or clothing beneath the tourniquet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep constriction pressure to the minimum effective pressure, and constriction time to the minimum required for the procedure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek guidance from a qualified doctor in case of impaired sensation, impaired blood flow, allergy, rash or itching, or if pain increases or persists.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease check with your doctor, physiotherapist, or healthcare professional to confirm this product is suitable for your condition and correct sizing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this tourniquet reusable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. It is made from durable materials and can be cleaned and reused, subject to your workplace or hospital guidelines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I choose the right size?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMeasure the circumference around the arm 3 to 4 inches above the elbow crease and match it to the size options shown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used with one hand?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe reverse-buckle mechanism is designed to make tightening easier, including single-handed use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is it dispatched from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOrders are supplied from Australian stock by Australian Healthcare Supplies in Perth, Western Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e I 01\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSizes Available:\u003c\/strong\u003e Small, Medium, Large\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO 9001 · ISO 13485 · ISO 45001 · US FDA Registered · CE Marked · W.H.O. GMP\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyamide, POM\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEC Representative:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT Promedt Consulting GmbH, Ernst-Heckel-Straße 7, 66386 St. Ingbert, Germany\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies, Perth WA — registered NDIS provider\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBulk \u0026amp; wholesale orders:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@tynor.com.au\"\u003esales@tynor.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Small","offer_id":39605870624826,"sku":"I01AAZ-SML-TOURNQT","price":9.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Medium","offer_id":31488107937850,"sku":"I01BAZ-MED-TOURNQT","price":9.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Large","offer_id":39605870657594,"sku":"I01CAZ-LRG-TOURNQT","price":9.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/TourniquetTynor01.jpg?v=1595018904"},{"product_id":"b01-cervical-collar-soft-firm-density","title":"Tynor Cervical Collar Soft (Firm Density) B-01","description":"\u003cp\u003e\nThe Tynor Cervical Collar Soft (Firm Density) is designed to provide comfortable support and controlled immobilisation of the cervical region during recovery from neck strain, stiffness, or cervical conditions. Made from high-density PU foam with an anatomical design, it supports the neck in a comfortable position while limiting excessive movement. Its breathable perforated structure and soft cotton stockinette covering are designed for extended wear comfort and improved patient compliance. Supplied by Australian Healthcare Supplies, a registered NDIS provider based in Perth, Western Australia.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-density PU foam\u003c\/strong\u003e — Firm density foam designed to provide controlled cervical support and partial immobilisation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnatomical shape\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed to provide uniform support to the mandible and neck for improved comfort and stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBreathable perforated body\u003c\/strong\u003e — Ventilated structure designed to improve airflow and wearing comfort during prolonged use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft cotton stockinette cover\u003c\/strong\u003e — Skin-friendly material designed to improve comfort and reduce irritation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHook-and-loop closure\u003c\/strong\u003e — Allows secure fitting and quick, easy application and removal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed without rigid reinforcement to improve comfort during daily wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nThe Tynor Cervical Collar Soft (Firm Density) is designed to provide support and controlled stabilisation of the cervical spine. It may assist under medical guidance in the following conditions:\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCervical spondylitis and cervical disc disease\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNeck sprain, stiffness, and muscular strain\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTorticollis and whiplash injuries\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEarly rheumatoid disease affecting the cervical spine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePost-operative cervical support and recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGeneral cervical support for geriatric care\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\nUse under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional. NDIS participants should \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e to confirm eligibility.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUnfasten the hook-and-loop closure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWrap the collar comfortably around the neck.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEnsure the chin rests correctly within the contour of the collar.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFasten the closure securely without overtightening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdjust for a snug and comfortable fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Cervical Collar Soft (Firm Density) B-01\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduct instruction insert\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHand wash with mild detergent in water below 30°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not wring, bleach, iron, or dry-clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDry flat in shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in a cool, dry place\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse only under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use if pain, irritation, numbness, or discomfort occurs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not overtighten the collar\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor before use with other medical devices\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFollow instructions provided with the product carefully\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e B 01\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eSizes Available:\u003c\/strong\u003e CH · S · M · L\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-density PU foam, cotton stockinette, hook-and-loop closure\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies, Perth WA — registered NDIS provider\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/Cervical_Collars_SOFT_FIRM_DENSITY.pdf?2888\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eDownload Product Manual (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Small","offer_id":31488007209018,"sku":"B01AAZ-SML-C-COL-FRM","price":29.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Medium","offer_id":31807499763770,"sku":"B01BAZ-MED-C-COL-FRM","price":29.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Large","offer_id":31807499796538,"sku":"B01CAZ-LRG-C-COL-FRM","price":29.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/Tynor_Cervical_Collar_Firm_Density_Immobilization_Neck-Pain_B01_3.jpg?v=1625154459"},{"product_id":"d10-range-of-motion-knee-brace","title":"Tynor ROM Knee Brace 18\" D10 | Range of Motion Controlled Knee Brace","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor R.O.M. Knee Brace 18\" (D-10) is an advanced orthopaedic support designed to provide controlled knee movement with adjustable range-of-motion settings. It allows precise control of flexion and extension angles, making it ideal for post-operative rehabilitation and ligament injury recovery. The universal design fits both left and right knees, ensuring versatile usage across patients. Available in universal size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eROM control mechanism\u003c\/strong\u003e — Allows precise restriction or adjustment of knee flexion and extension at specific angles for controlled rehabilitation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable range of motion\u003c\/strong\u003e — Enables controlled movement between any two angles, supporting progressive recovery protocols.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal fit design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Suitable for both left and right knees with a one-size universal construction for broader usability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRigid side support bars\u003c\/strong\u003e — Provide strong medial and lateral stabilisation while maintaining controlled knee movement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure strap system\u003c\/strong\u003e — Ensures firm fixation and prevents slippage during movement and daily activity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComfortable padded structure\u003c\/strong\u003e — Soft cushioning enhances long-term wear comfort and reduces pressure points during recovery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor ROM Knee Brace is designed to provide controlled immobilisation and guided motion of the knee joint during rehabilitation and medical recovery phases.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-operative knee rehabilitation (ligament or meniscus surgery)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eACL, PCL, MCL, and LCL injuries requiring controlled movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFracture rehabilitation and post-cast recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSevere ligament instability requiring motion restriction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eControlled physiotherapy and staged knee mobilisation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChronic knee instability requiring adjustable support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-traumatic knee recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrthopaedic immobilisation with adjustable movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e This device is intended for controlled rehabilitation under medical supervision. ROM settings must be adjusted according to a qualified healthcare professional’s instructions.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional. Ensure correct ROM settings before use to avoid improper joint loading.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnfasten all straps and position the brace on the affected leg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlign the hinge mechanism with the centre of the knee joint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet the desired flexion and extension limits using the ROM adjustment system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure upper and lower straps firmly without restricting circulation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure smooth knee movement within the prescribed range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor ROM Knee Brace 18\" D-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDual side rigid support bars with ROM mechanism\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable strap system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe with a damp cloth or mild detergent solution\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not machine wash, bleach, iron, or dry clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore in a dry, cool place away from direct sunlight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure joints and ROM mechanism remain clean and free of debris\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse only under supervision of a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncorrect ROM settings may cause injury or discomfort\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not exceed prescribed movement limits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use if swelling, pain, numbness, or irritation occurs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure correct hinge alignment before use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is ROM control?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nROM (Range of Motion) control allows the knee to move only within safe, preset angles for controlled healing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable after surgery?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. It is commonly used in post-surgical rehabilitation under medical supervision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it fit both legs?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. It is designed for universal use on both left and right knees.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy is ROM important?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt prevents excessive movement while allowing gradual, safe recovery of knee mobility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e D 10\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e Universal\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18\" \/ 46cm\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium, Steel, Polypropylene, Neoprene, Polyester, Polyamide\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/ROM-Knee-Brace-User-Manual.pdf?v=1780325630\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDownload Product Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31488007372858,"sku":"D10UCZ-UNI-ROM-46CM","price":184.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/Tynor_Australia_R.O.M_Knee_Brace_Range_of_Motion_ACL_PCL_MCL_LCL_14.jpg?v=1627050378"},{"product_id":"k10-medial-arch-support-inserts-pair","title":"Tynor Medial Arch Support Inserts K10 | Arch Support Pair","description":"\u003c!-- SEO\nTitle: Tynor Medial Arch Support Inserts K10 | AU\nMeta description: Tynor K10 Medial Arch Support Inserts (pair) are designed to support the foot arch and cushion the heel. Supplied in Perth WA by Australian Healthcare Supplies, NDIS.\nURL handle: k10-medial-arch-support-inserts-pair\nKeywords: medial arch support Australia, arch support insoles, flat foot insoles, plantar fasciitis support, orthopaedic foot support Australia, NDIS healthcare products, Tynor Australia\nGoogle Ads headlines (max 30 chars): Medial Arch Support | Arch Support Insoles | Flat Foot Insoles AU | Tynor Foot Support\nGoogle Ads descriptions (max 90 chars): Anatomical arch inserts designed to support the medial arch and cushion the foot. | Supplied in Perth WA by an NDIS-registered healthcare provider.\n--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eTynor Medial Arch Support Inserts K10\u003c\/strong\u003e are a pair of anatomically moulded orthoses designed to support and help maintain the medial arch of the foot. The raised arch section is designed to lift a fallen medial arch, while the deep heel cup is made to stabilise the foot and help distribute load evenly. A soft top fabric layer with hexagonal massage spots adds cushioning and grip, and the slim 3\/4 design is made to fit inside most everyday shoes. Supplied by Australian Healthcare Supplies, a registered NDIS provider based in Perth, Western Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptimally raised profile designed to lift a fallen medial arch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable material made to retain its shape under body weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeep heel cup designed to stabilise the foot and support balance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShock absorption zone to help take stress off the heel and ankle joints.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlim 3\/4 design made to fit into most types of shoe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoft top fabric layer that absorbs moisture for added comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHoneycomb-patterned sole designed to provide grip and reduce slippage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMay assist in managing discomfort associated with the following conditions:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlat foot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeformed foot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePain and disability related to plantar fasciitis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetatarsalgia\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSplay foot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFallen arches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePoor foot biomechanics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the orthosis inside the shoe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlign it so the raised arch section sits directly under the medial arch of the foot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWear the shoes and ensure the orthosis sits comfortably and anatomically correct inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 pair of Tynor Medial Arch Support Inserts (K10)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe with a clean, moist cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry in shade on a flat surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not dry-clean, iron or bleach.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreferably use with a slightly deep or oversized shoe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek guidance from a qualified doctor in case of impaired sensation, impaired blood flow, allergy, rash or itching, or if pain increases or persists.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor before concurrent use with any other medical device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMisuse or improper use of the device can lead to adverse effects and decreased effectiveness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease check with your doctor, physiotherapist, or healthcare professional to confirm this product is suitable for your condition and correct sizing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill these fit inside normal shoes?\u003c\/strong\u003e The slim 3\/4 design is made to fit most everyday shoes; a slightly deep or oversized shoe is preferable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre they suitable for flat feet?\u003c\/strong\u003e The raised arch profile is designed to support the medial arch and may assist with flat foot and fallen arches. Confirm suitability with your healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I choose a size?\u003c\/strong\u003e Sizes S, M and L are based on shoe size. Refer to the size chart and measure your shoe size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean them?\u003c\/strong\u003e Wipe with a clean, moist cloth and dry in shade. Do not dry-clean, iron or bleach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e K10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSizes Available:\u003c\/strong\u003e S, M, L (based on shoe size)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO 9001 · ISO 13485 · ISO 45001 · US FDA Registered · CE Marked · W.H.O. GMP\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyethylene-Vinyl Acetate, Polyethylene, Polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEC Representative:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT Promedt Consulting GmbH, Ernst-Heckel-Straße 7, 66386 St. Ingbert, Germany\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies, Perth WA — registered NDIS provider\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBulk \u0026amp; wholesale orders:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@tynor.com.au\"\u003esales@tynor.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Small","offer_id":31488007405626,"sku":"K10ABZ-SML-MEDIL-ARCH-ORTHSIS","price":34.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Medium","offer_id":31807499698234,"sku":"K10BBZ-MED-MEDIL-ARCH-ORTHSIS","price":34.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Large","offer_id":31807499731002,"sku":"K10CBZ-LRG-MEDIL-ARCH-ORTHSIS","price":34.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/Medial_Arch_Orthosis_Support_Insoles_Tynor_Australia_14.jpg?v=1623767738"},{"product_id":"f05-mallet-finger-splint-universal","title":"Tynor Mallet Finger Splint F05 | Finger Support","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Mallet Finger Splint (F-05) is a simple, rigid splint designed to hold the fingertip (distal interphalangeal, or DIP, joint) in a slightly extended position — the key to managing mallet finger. Made from a malleable, aluminium-coated body with a soft Ethafoam lining, it gently immobilises the last finger joint while still allowing the middle (PIP) joint to move freely. An adjustable hook-and-loop (Velcro) fastener gives a gentle, secure grip, and the universal, ambidextrous design fits most fingers on either hand. Simple to apply, comfortable to wear and easy to keep clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRigid splint\u003c\/strong\u003e — A rigid, malleable aluminium-coated body provides strong immobilisation of the fingertip (DIP) joint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal for left or right hand\u003c\/strong\u003e — Universal, ambidextrous design fits most fingers on either hand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to use\u003c\/strong\u003e — Simple to apply and remove, with high patient compliance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEthafoam lining\u003c\/strong\u003e — A soft foam lining cushions the finger for comfortable wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAllows PIP movement\u003c\/strong\u003e — Immobilises the fingertip joint while leaving the middle finger joint free to move.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Velcro fastener\u003c\/strong\u003e — A hook-and-loop strap gives a gentle, secure and adjustable fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Mallet Finger Splint is intended to immobilise and support the fingertip (DIP) joint in extension, under the direction of a qualified healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMallet finger (drooping fingertip from an extensor tendon injury)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistal interphalangeal (DIP) joint injuries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport of the distal finger joint during rest and recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-surgical support of the fingertip joint\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e For mallet finger, the DIP joint usually needs to be kept continuously in extension for the period advised by your clinician. Follow your healthcare professional's instructions on wear time and removal.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional. Avoid letting the fingertip bend during the prescribed treatment period.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlide the splint over the fingertip so it supports the last finger joint (DIP) in a straight, slightly extended position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShape the malleable splint if needed for a comfortable, snug fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFasten the hook-and-loop strap for a gentle, secure hold.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the fingertip supported in extension for the period advised by your clinician; remove regularly for cleaning and skin checks as directed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Mallet Finger Splint (F-05)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove regularly for cleaning and inspection (as advised by your clinician)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean with mild soap and water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to dry completely before wearing again\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid putting excessive force on the splint while wearing it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not dry-clean, iron or bleach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse only under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek medical advice if you experience impaired sensation, reduced blood flow, allergic rash or itching, or if pain persists or worsens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid excessive force on the splint while wearing it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor before using this device alongside another medical device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMisuse or improper fitting may cause adverse effects and reduce effectiveness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the instructions provided on the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Mallet Finger Splint used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt holds the fingertip joint (DIP) in extension to support recovery from mallet finger and related distal finger-joint injuries, as directed by a healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it fit either hand?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the universal, ambidextrous design fits most fingers on either hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I still bend my finger?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt immobilises the fingertip joint while allowing the middle (PIP) joint to move; for mallet finger, keep the fingertip straight for the period your clinician advises.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nOne universal size; the malleable splint can be shaped for a precise, comfortable fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e F 05\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e Universal (ambidextrous; the malleable splint can be shaped to fit)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFitting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Either hand\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium (coated), Polyethylene foam (Ethafoam), Polyamide\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/F05-Product-manual-Mallet_Finger_Splint.pdf?v=1780530396\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDownload Product Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31488008486970,"sku":"F05UHZ-UNI-MALET-FNGR","price":14.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/Tynor_Mallet_Finger_Splint_DIP_joint_Australia_2.jpg?v=1628626232"},{"product_id":"cool-pack-universal","title":"Tynor Cool Pack H11 | Reusable Gel Cold Pack","description":"\u003c!-- SEO\nTitle: Tynor Cool Pack H11 | Reusable Gel Cold Pack AU\nMeta description: Tynor Cool Pack H11: re-freezable gel cold pack designed for cold therapy. Soft cover and elastic strap, Regular and Large sizes. From a registered NDIS provider.\nURL handle: cool-pack-universal\nKeywords: cool pack, gel cold pack, ice pack, reusable cold pack, Tynor H11, cold therapy pack, NDIS cold pack\nGoogle Ads headlines (max 30 chars): Reusable Gel Cold Pack | Tynor Cool Pack H11 | Cold Therapy Gel Pack | NDIS Cold Pack\nGoogle Ads descriptions (max 90 chars): Re-freezable gel cold pack with soft cover and strap. Regular and Large sizes. | Flexible, reusable, leak-resistant cold therapy pack. From a registered NDIS provider.\n--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Cool Pack H11 is a re-freezable gel cold pack designed to deliver cold therapy to a targeted area. Its flexible hydrophilic-gel pouch stays pliable when frozen so it can conform to the body’s contours, while the soft fabric cover and elastic strap allow comfortable, hands-free use on most areas. Lightweight, reusable and easy to carry, it is a practical choice for cold therapy at home, in the clinic, or on the go. Supplied by Australian Healthcare Supplies, a registered NDIS provider based in Perth, Western Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHydrophilic gel pouch designed to hold its temperature for prolonged cooling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-quality sealing designed to help prevent leaks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoft fabric outer cover designed to help prevent cold burns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElastic strap for hands-free use; fits most body areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible pouch that conforms to body contours when frozen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight, re-freezable and reusable; frost-free to around -4°C.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMay assist in managing discomfort associated with the following conditions:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwelling and bruising\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSprains and strains\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMuscle spasm and stiffness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoft-tissue and overuse injuries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-activity soreness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-surgical cold therapy, as directed by a healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFreeze the gel pack for at least 60 minutes (around 0°C).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the frozen pack inside the supplied cloth cover.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply the covered pack gently to the affected area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse for 15–20 minutes at a time; do not exceed 20 minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not apply weight on the pack, and never place it directly against bare skin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Cool Pack (gel pack)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Soft fabric cover with elastic strap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the plastic pouch with a moist, lint-free cloth and mild detergent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe fabric cover is removable and washable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not dry-clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not iron.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not bleach.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep away from sharp edges and avoid dropping on hard surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlways use the cool pack inside its cloth cover; never apply it directly to the skin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLimit each application to a maximum of 20 minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot suitable for people with rheumatoid arthritis, Raynaud’s syndrome, cold-allergic conditions, paralysis, or areas of impaired sensation. Those with a reduced ability to sense cold should take extreme care.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor post-surgical use, follow the directions of your doctor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek advice from a qualified doctor if you notice impaired sensation, impaired blood flow, allergy, rash or itching, or if pain increases or persists.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf the gel contacts the skin or eyes, rinse with water immediately; if irritation or redness persists, consult a physician.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use if the pouch is punctured or damaged, and do not sit or lie on the pack as excess weight may rupture it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMisuse or improper use can lead to adverse effects and reduced effectiveness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long should I use it for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUp to 15–20 minutes at a time, always inside the cloth cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it reusable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Simply re-freeze the gel pack for repeated use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I place it directly on my skin?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Always use the supplied cloth cover to help prevent cold burns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat sizes are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRegular (24 × 9.5 cm) and Large (25 × 15 cm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Code: H11\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSizes Available: Regular (24 × 9.5 cm), Large (25 × 15 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDevice Classification: Class I Medical Device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCertifications: ISO 9001 · ISO 13485 · ISO 45001 · US FDA Registered · CE Marked · W.H.O. GMP\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterials: Polyamide, Polyester, Rubber, Polypropylene, Methyl Paraben, Propyl Paraben, Triethanolamine, Propylene Glycol \u0026amp; Glycerine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEC Representative: MT Promedt Consulting GmbH, Ernst-Heckel-Straße 7, 66386 St. Ingbert, Germany\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAustralian Supplier: Australian Healthcare Supplies, Perth WA — registered NDIS provider\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBulk \u0026amp; wholesale orders: \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@tynor.com.au\"\u003econtact our team\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/COOL_PACK_PRODUCT_MANUAL.pdf?v=1587745737\" title=\"Tynor Cool Pack User Manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload the Product Manual (PDF)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Small","offer_id":39605870460986,"sku":"H11UBZ-STD-COOL-PCK-1","price":24.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"UNI","offer_id":39605870493754,"sku":"H11UBZ-STD-COOL-PCK-2","price":24.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/CoolPACK-5_cb506aae-e25d-4108-a378-89c9a14d4cfb.jpg?v=1612951906"},{"product_id":"tynor-posture-corrector-a33","title":"Tynor Posture Corrector A33 | Upper Back \u0026 Shoulder Support Brace","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003eThe Tynor Posture Corrector A33 is designed to provide gentle upper back and shoulder support by helping encourage a more upright posture. Its lightweight, low-profile design can be worn discreetly under clothing, making it suitable for office workers, students, NDIS participants, clinics and everyday use where postural support is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinforced LDPE sheet at the back may assist in supporting the upper spine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePU foam shoulder pads designed to enable prolonged wearing comfort\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElasticised waistband allows the corrective force to be customised to the wearer's needs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThick, rounded edges designed to avoid skin irritation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSleek, low-profile design suitable for wearing under everyday clothing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHook-and-loop closures for a snug, adjustable fit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterials: Polyester, PU foam, PE, Polyamide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMay assist in managing discomfort associated with the following conditions:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePoor or rounded posture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClavicle support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNeck and shoulder discomfort\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eForward head posture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRounded shoulders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnfasten\u003c\/strong\u003e all hook-and-loop closures before putting on.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition the shoulder straps\u003c\/strong\u003e on the looped fabric panel according to the level of corrective force required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInsert both arms\u003c\/strong\u003e through the shoulder straps one at a time, just like putting on a backpack.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck alignment\u003c\/strong\u003e — ensure the shoulder pads sit correctly in the axillary (underarm) area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFasten the elasticised waistband\u003c\/strong\u003e, stretching it to the corrective tension needed and securing the hook-and-loop closure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional. Discontinue use and seek medical advice if you experience impaired sensation, altered blood flow, allergy, rash, itching, or if discomfort increases or persists.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Posture Corrector (A33)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand wash with mild detergent in water below 30°C — do not wring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry flat in the shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not dry-clean, iron, or bleach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and consult a doctor if you experience impaired sensation, altered blood flow, allergy, rash or itching, or if discomfort increases or persists\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor before concurrent use with another medical device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMisuse or improper use may lead to adverse effects and reduced effectiveness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow all instructions provided on the packaging carefully\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDispose of responsibly in accordance with hospital guidelines or your country's regulatory requirements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I wear the Posture Corrector under my clothing?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The slim, low-profile design is specifically intended to be worn discreetly under everyday garments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow tight should the corrector be?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe elasticised waistband and adjustable shoulder straps allow you to set the level of corrective tension. Start with a gentle pull-back and adjust as directed by your healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long should I wear it each day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWear duration should be guided by your treating healthcare professional. Begin with shorter periods and gradually increase as comfort allows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this product suitable for NDIS participants?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This product is supplied by Australian Healthcare Supplies, a registered NDIS provider. Please contact us for NDIS pricing and invoicing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e A33\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSizes Available:\u003c\/strong\u003e Please refer to the size chart image for measurements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO 9001 · ISO 13485 · ISO 45001 · US FDA Registered · CE Marked · W.H.O. GMP\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEC Representative:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT Promedt Consulting GmbH, Ernst-Heckel-Straße 7, 66386 St. Ingbert, Germany\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies, Perth WA — registered NDIS provider\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBulk \/ Clinic Orders:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact us for B2B and clinic pricing\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/tynor-posture-corrector-a33-user-manual-australia.pdf?v=1779854175\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"tynor-a33-posture-corrector-manual\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003e📄 Download Product PDF \/ User Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"CHILD","offer_id":31488083918906,"sku":"A33IBZ-CH-POSTUR","price":49.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"SMALL","offer_id":31807499567162,"sku":"A33ABZ-SML-POSTUR","price":49.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"MEDIUM","offer_id":31807499599930,"sku":"A33BBZ-MED-POSTUR","price":49.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"LARGE","offer_id":31807499632698,"sku":"A33CBZ-LRG-POSTUR","price":49.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"EXTRA LARGE","offer_id":31807499665466,"sku":"A33DBZ-XL-POSTUR","price":49.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/tynor-posture-corrector-for-men-women-australia.webp?v=1779805286"},{"product_id":"d32-walker-boot-child","title":"Tynor Walker Boot Child D32 | Paediatric Fracture Boot","description":"\u003c!-- SEO\nTitle: Tynor Walker Boot Child D32 | Paediatric Fracture Boot\nMeta description: Tynor D32 Child Walker Boot, a lightweight paediatric fracture boot designed to help immobilise a child's foot and ankle. From a Perth-based registered NDIS provider.\nURL handle: d32-walker-boot-child\nKeywords: child walker boot, paediatric fracture boot, kids moon boot, ankle support Australia, child ankle immobiliser, Tynor Australia, NDIS healthcare products, mobility aids Australia\nGoogle Ads headlines (max 30 chars): Child Walker Boot D32 | Kids Fracture Boot | Paediatric Ankle Support | Tynor Australia\nGoogle Ads descriptions (max 90 chars): Lightweight walker boot designed for children's foot and ankle recovery. | Paediatric fracture boot from a Perth registered NDIS provider.\n--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eTynor Walker Boot (Child) D32\u003c\/strong\u003e is a paediatric fracture boot designed to help support and immobilise a child's foot, ankle or lower leg during recovery, as advised by a treating clinician. Its lightweight moulded frame and wider rocker sole are shaped to help a child keep moving comfortably while the injured area is protected. The open-toe casing and easy-adjust straps make application and removal straightforward for parents and carers. Bilateral symmetry means it fits either the left or right foot. Supplied by Australian Healthcare Supplies, a registered NDIS provider based in Perth, Western Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWider rocker sole shaped to promote a close-to-natural gait and help take pressure off the sole while a child walks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBroad, rigid foot casing and upright bars provide structured protection and firm immobilisation of the child's foot, ankle and lower leg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight moulded design for better comfort and compliance during active use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFoam liner and pad set cushion the limb and reduce pressure from the fastening straps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy removal and application supports good hygiene and skin checks of the area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrapping loops allow controlled, adjustable tightening and a secure, easy-to-wear grip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBilateral symmetry — may be worn on either the left or right foot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMay assist in managing discomfort associated with the following conditions:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStabilisation and support of a child's foot, ankle or lower leg following mild to moderate soft-tissue strains.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-strain and post-injury recovery in children.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAs an alternative to a cast, or following early cast removal, where advised by a clinician.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePaediatric foot, ankle or lower-leg immobilisation under professional guidance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoosen the straps and open the boot. While the child is seated, place the foot inside so the heel sits fully back in the casing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrap the liner securely around the foot and lower leg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFasten the straps in order from foot to calf until snug and comfortable — not overly tight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the fit and skin regularly, and supervise use under adult guidance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Tynor Walker Boot (Child) D32 with foam liner and pad set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct insert.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand-wash the liner with mild detergent and water below 30°C, without wringing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAir-dry in shade on a flat surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not dry-clean, iron or bleach.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf not rinsed thoroughly, residual soap may irritate the skin or deteriorate the material.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the boot before each use. Do not use if any part is broken, torn, cut, frayed, or if buckles or fasteners do not hold securely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek guidance from a qualified doctor in case of impaired sensation, impaired blood flow, allergic rash or itching, or if pain increases or persists.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMisuse or improper use of the device can lead to adverse effects and reduced effectiveness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFit and supervise use under adult guidance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease check with your doctor, physiotherapist, or healthcare professional to confirm this product is suitable for your child's condition and correct sizing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this boot made for children?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The D32 is a paediatric walker boot sized and shaped for a child's foot and lower leg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be worn on either foot?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Its bilateral symmetry means it fits either the left or right foot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan my child walk in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe wider rocker sole is designed to help a child walk comfortably while the injured area is supported, as advised by their clinician.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it an alternative to a cast?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt may be used as an alternative to a cast, or after early cast removal, where a treating clinician recommends it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e D32\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSizes Available:\u003c\/strong\u003e Universal (child)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO 9001 · ISO 13485 · ISO 45001 · US FDA Registered · CE Marked · W.H.O. GMP\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEC Representative:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT Promedt Consulting GmbH, Ernst-Heckel-Straße 7, 66386 St. Ingbert, Germany\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies, Perth WA — registered NDIS provider\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBulk \u0026amp; wholesale orders:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@tynor.com.au\"\u003esales@tynor.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31488107708474,"sku":"D32IBZ-CH-WLKR-BOT","price":75.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/Tynor_Ortho_Pediatric_Moon_Boot_Cam_Walker_Boot_Child_2.jpg?v=1623768260"},{"product_id":"a03-tummy-trimmer-ventral-hernia-umbilical-bel","title":"Tynor Abdominal Belt 8\"\/20cm A03 | Hernia \u0026 Post-Surgery Support","description":"\u003c!--\n╔══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗\n║         SEO BLOCK — SHOPIFY SEARCH ENGINE LISTING                   ║\n╠══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╣\n║                                                                      ║\n║  PAGE TITLE (60 chars):                                              ║\n║  Tynor Abdominal Belt A03 8\" | Hernia \u0026 Post-Op Support AU          ║\n║                                                                      ║\n║  META DESCRIPTION (154 chars):                                       ║\n║  Tynor Abdominal Belt A03 8\" — designed to help compress \u0026          ║\n║  support abdominal muscles post-surgery, post-delivery \u0026 hernia.    ║\n║  3-panel elastic. S–XXL. NDIS registered supplier.                  ║\n║                                                                      ║\n║  URL HANDLE: a03-tummy-trimmer-ventral-hernia-umbilical-bel         ║\n║                                                                      ║\n║  META KEYWORDS:                                                      ║\n║  abdominal belt Australia, abdominal binder post surgery Australia,  ║\n║  umbilical hernia belt, ventral hernia support belt,                 ║\n║  post delivery abdominal belt, NDIS abdominal belt, Tynor A03       ║\n║                                                                      ║\n║  PRODUCT TITLE — UPDATE IN SHOPIFY:                                  ║\n║  Tynor Abdominal Belt 8\"\/20cm A03 | Hernia \u0026 Post-Op Support        ║\n║  PRODUCT TYPE: Abdominal Support Belt                                ║\n║  VENDOR: Tynor                                                       ║\n╚══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝\n--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Abdominal Belt (A 03) is an 8\"\/20cm wide compression belt designed to help support and compress the abdominal muscles during recovery from abdominal surgery, caesarean section, post-delivery, and for the management of umbilical and ventral hernia. Constructed from three panels of extra-strong, highly porous monofilament elastic with heat-resistant rubber, a broad hook-and-loop closure, and flexi nylon splints, it is designed to provide firm, even compression across the full abdominal region while remaining lightweight, breathable, and discreet under everyday clothing. Supplied by Australian Healthcare Supplies, a registered NDIS provider based in Perth, Western Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree-panel even compression\u003c\/strong\u003e — Three panels of monofilament elastic designed to distribute firm compression evenly across the full abdominal region.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBreathable for extended wear\u003c\/strong\u003e — Highly porous elastic webbing designed to allow adequate airflow during all-day use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure, adjustable fit\u003c\/strong\u003e — Broad hook-and-loop panel designed for controlled compression with quick, easy application and removal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo rolling or buckling\u003c\/strong\u003e — Flexi nylon splints designed to maintain shape and position throughout the day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiscreet under clothing\u003c\/strong\u003e — Thin, lightweight construction designed to remain concealed under everyday clothing and work wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8\"\/20cm width\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed to provide broad abdominal coverage and even compression across the full abdomen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMay assist in managing discomfort and supporting recovery associated with the following conditions:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-operative abdominal support following abdominal or laparoscopic surgery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-caesarean section (C-section) compression and wound support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-delivery abdominal compression for new mothers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUmbilical and ventral hernia support — as directed by a healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAbdominal muscle weakness, strain, and related backache\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCore support during rehabilitation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport during coughing, sneezing, or deep breathing post-surgery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional. NDIS participants should \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e to confirm funding eligibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose all hook-and-loop fasteners before applying.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrap the belt around your waist upright — follow the \u003cem\u003e\"up inside\"\u003c\/em\u003e label for correct orientation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition the lower edge at the base of the abdomen, ensuring full abdominal coverage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFasten the hook-and-loop closure to a firm, comfortable compression — snug but not restrictive.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth flat to remove wrinkles. Nylon splints will hold the belt in position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjust compression throughout the day as needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Abdominal Belt A03 — 8\"\/20cm (size as selected)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct instruction insert\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose all hook-and-loop closures before washing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand wash only in mild detergent, water below 30°C — do not wring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry flat in shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not dry-clean, iron, or bleach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not wear so tightly as to restrict breathing or circulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek medical advice if numbness, skin irritation, increased pain, or worsening symptoms occur\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor hernia use, always seek medical assessment first — do not self-prescribe\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor before concurrent use with any other medical device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMisuse or improper use may reduce effectiveness and lead to adverse effects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the instructions in the product box carefully\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this belt be worn after a C-section?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — commonly recommended following caesarean section to assist compression and wound support. Always follow your surgeon or midwife's specific guidance on timing and wear duration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the A03 and A01?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe A03 is 8\"\/20cm wide with three-panel monofilament elastic designed for even compression distribution. The A01 is 9\"\/23cm wide with a single-panel construction. Confirm with your healthcare professional which is appropriate for your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used for hernia support?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt may assist external compression for umbilical and ventral hernia as directed by a doctor. Do not use for hernia without medical assessment — confirm with your GP or surgeon first. Not indicated for inguinal hernia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use NDIS funding?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAustralian Healthcare Supplies is a registered NDIS provider. This product may be eligible under relevant NDIS support categories. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e to confirm eligibility for your plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e A 03\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBelt Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8\" \/ 20 cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSizes Available:\u003c\/strong\u003e S · M · L · XL · XXL\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCertifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO 9001 · ISO 13485 · ISO 45001 · US FDA Registered · CE Marked · W.H.O. GMP\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEC Representative:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT Promedt Consulting GmbH, Ernst-Heckel-Strasse 7, 66386 St. Ingbert, Germany\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies, Perth WA — registered NDIS provider\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBulk \u0026amp; Institutional Orders:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for hospital supply, maternity ward accounts, and volume pricing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener\" title=\"Tynor Abdominal Belt A03 Product Manual\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/A_03_Abdominal_Belt_5_Fold_New_cc.pdf?v=1778755733\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Product Manual (PDF)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"SMALL","offer_id":39336842428474,"sku":"A03AAZ-SML-TUM-TRIM-8in","price":64.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"MEDIUM","offer_id":39336842461242,"sku":"A03BAZ-MED-TUM-TRIM-8in","price":64.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"LARGE","offer_id":39336842494010,"sku":"A03CAZ-LRG-TUM-TRIM-8in","price":64.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"EXTRA LARGE","offer_id":39336842526778,"sku":"A03DAZ-XL-TUM-TRIM-8in","price":64.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"XXL","offer_id":31807499534394,"sku":"A03EAZ-XXL-TUM-TRIM-8in","price":64.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/tynor-abdominal-belt-1.jpg?v=1734421634"},{"product_id":"a05-lumbo-sacral-belt-unisex","title":"Tynor Lumbo Sacral Belt A05 | Lumbar Support Belt Australia","description":"\u003c!--\n╔══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗\n║         SEO BLOCK — SHOPIFY SEARCH ENGINE LISTING                   ║\n╠══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╣\n║                                                                      ║\n║  PAGE TITLE (60 chars):                                              ║\n║  Tynor Lumbo Sacral Belt A05 | Lower Back Support Australia         ║\n║                                                                      ║\n║  META DESCRIPTION (156 chars):                                       ║\n║  Tynor Lumbo Sacral Belt A05 — designed to help support the         ║\n║  lower back and assist spinal stability during daily activity.       ║\n║  Breathable, adjustable, S–XXL. NDIS supplier.                      ║\n║                                                                      ║\n║  URL HANDLE:                                                         ║\n║  tynor-lumbo-sacral-belt-a05-lower-back-support                     ║\n║                                                                      ║\n║  META KEYWORDS:                                                      ║\n║  lumbar support belt Australia, lumbo sacral belt Australia,         ║\n║  lower back support brace, lumbar brace Australia,                  ║\n║  back support belt for work, Tynor A05 belt, NDIS back support      ║\n║                                                                      ║\n║  PRODUCT TITLE — UPDATE IN SHOPIFY:                                  ║\n║  Tynor Lumbo Sacral Belt A05 | Lumbar Support Belt Australia        ║\n║                                                                      ║\n║  PRODUCT TYPE: Lumbar Support Belt                                   ║\n║  VENDOR: Tynor                                                       ║\n╚══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝\n--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Lumbo Sacral Belt A05 is a lumbar support belt designed to help support and stabilise the lower back and lumbosacral region during daily activity. Featuring flexible back splints, durable monofilament elastic material, and a double-pull compression mechanism, it is designed to provide firm yet comfortable support while assisting spinal stability and posture management. The breathable and anatomically contoured construction is suitable for prolonged daily wear at work, during travel, or routine movement. Supplied in Australia by an NDIS registered provider.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible back splints\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed to help support the lumbar region and assist controlled immobilisation while allowing functional movement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDouble-pull compression straps\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed to provide adjustable compression and a secure fit with lower applied force.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMonofilament elastic construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — Lightweight and breathable material intended to assist comfort during extended wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnatomical design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Contoured shape designed to fit comfortably around the waist and lower back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePolymer flap closure system\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed for convenient application, removal, and improved aesthetics.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable daily-use design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Constructed using high-quality materials intended for regular everyday support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComfort-focused structure\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed to assist support during work, prolonged sitting, driving, and travel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMay assist in supporting and managing discomfort associated with:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLow back pain and lumbar muscle strain\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMild lumbar spondylosis and spondylitis\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEarly-stage degenerative lumbar conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMechanical or postural back discomfort\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMuscular fatigue associated with prolonged sitting or standing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDiscomfort associated with travel or long working hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePost-operative lumbar support as advised by a healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlways use under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional. NDIS participants should \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e to confirm funding eligibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWear over a thin cotton undergarment for improved comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \n  \u003cli\u003eWrap the belt around the waist while keeping it upright as indicated by the “UP INSIDE” label.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \n  \u003cli\u003ePosition the back panel centrally over the lumbar spine with the lower edge aligned near the sacrum.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \n  \u003cli\u003eSecure the main hook-and-loop closure to a comfortable tension.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \n  \u003cli\u003eFasten the reverse double-pull elastic straps to achieve the desired level of compression and support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \n  \u003cli\u003eAdjust as required to maintain a secure yet comfortable fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Lumbo Sacral Belt A05 (size as selected)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduct instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHand wash with mild detergent in water below 30°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not wring after washing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDry flat in shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not bleach, iron, or dry clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep hook-and-loop closures secured while washing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse under the supervision of a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \n  \u003cli\u003eDo not overtighten the belt as excessive compression may reduce comfort\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \n  \u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek medical advice if irritation, rash, numbness, impaired circulation, or increased pain occurs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \n  \u003cli\u003eConsult your healthcare professional before using alongside another medical device\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \n  \u003cli\u003eMisuse or improper fitting may reduce effectiveness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \n  \u003cli\u003eFollow all instructions provided with the product carefully\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \n  \u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Tynor Lumbo Sacral Belt A05 used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe A05 Lumbo Sacral Belt is designed to help support the lower back and assist stability of the lumbar and sacral region during daily activity. It may assist in managing discomfort associated with lumbar strain, postural fatigue, and mild degenerative conditions when used as directed by a healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this belt be worn during work or travel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the lightweight and breathable design is intended for extended daily wear including desk work, driving, travel, and routine movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the A05 suitable for everyday use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe belt is designed for regular daily support and comfort. Proper fitting and usage guidance from a healthcare professional is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I claim this product through NDIS?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAustralian Healthcare Supplies is a registered NDIS provider. This product may be eligible under relevant support categories depending on your plan. Please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e for assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e A05\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSizes Available:\u003c\/strong\u003e S · M · L · XL · XXL\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyamide, Polyester, Polyurethane, Polyethylene, PVC Foam\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO 9001 · ISO 13485 · ISO 45001 · CE Marked · US FDA Registered · W.H.O. GMP\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEC Representative:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT Promedt Consulting GmbH, Germany\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies, Perth WA — Registered NDIS Provider\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBulk \u0026amp; Institutional Orders:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for clinic, hospital, and wholesale enquiries\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"#\" title=\"Tynor Lumbo Sacral Belt A05 User Manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Product Manual (PDF)\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"SMALL","offer_id":39336858419258,"sku":"A05AAZ-SML-LUM-SACR","price":84.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"MEDIUM","offer_id":39336858452026,"sku":"A05BAZ-MED-LUM-SACR","price":84.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"LARGE","offer_id":39336858484794,"sku":"A05CAZ-LRG-LUM-SACR","price":84.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"EXTRA LARGE","offer_id":39336858517562,"sku":"A05DAZ-XL-LUM-SACR","price":84.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"XXL","offer_id":31807499108410,"sku":"A05EAZ-XXL-LUM-SACR","price":84.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/tynor-double-pull-elastic-back-brace-adjustment-a-05.webp?v=1778771903"},{"product_id":"a07-contoured-lumbo-sacral-support","title":"Tynor Contoured Lumbosacral Support | Rigid Back Brace Australia","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Contoured Lumbosacral Support is a rigid lumbosacral support brace designed to help immobilise the lumbar and sacral spine and assist postural correction to help manage low back pain syndrome. Unlike standard elastic lumbar belts, the Contoured Lumbosacral Support features customisable pre-shaped aluminium splints that can be individually reshaped by a trained orthopaedic technician to match each patient's anatomy, designed to provide a high degree of personalised immobilisation and wearing comfort. Made from extra-strong orthopaedic webbing with a double-pull elastic mechanism, it is designed for firm, controlled compression where a higher level of spinal immobilisation is clinically indicated. Supplied by Australian Healthcare Supplies, a registered NDIS provider based in Perth, Western Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustomisable aluminium splints\u003c\/strong\u003e — Pre-shaped aluminium splints can be individually removed, reshaped to match the patient's spinal anatomy, and reinserted — designed to provide personalised, anatomically correct support and a high degree of immobilisation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh degree of lumbosacral immobilisation\u003c\/strong\u003e — Rigid, malleable splints integrated into the back panel are designed to assist effective immobilisation of the lumbosacral region, providing reinforcement to the back muscles during recovery and rehabilitation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDouble-pull elastic mechanism\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed to provide extra compression and a firm grip to the lumbosacral region, assisting effective splinting action and a more secure fit throughout the day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra-strong orthopaedic webbing\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed to provide firm, durable compression around the waist for extended clinical use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBroad hook-and-loop closure\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed to allow controlled compression, flexibility in sizing, and quick, easy application and removal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndividually adapted fit\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed to be customised by a trained orthopaedic technician for maximum immobilisation and personalised wearing comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Contoured Lumbosacral Support may assist in managing discomfort and supporting recovery associated with the following conditions:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLumbar spondylitis and spondylosis\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntervertebral disc syndrome — prolapse, herniation, degeneration\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePost-discectomy care and recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOsteoporotic pain of the lumbar spine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLow back pain (lumbago), postural fatigue, and mechanical stresses associated with poor posture\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStabilisation during vertebral fracture and spinal injuries — as directed by a treating clinician\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDegenerative changes of the lumbar spine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSupport during long working hours and travel where a higher level of lumbar immobilisation is required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Contoured Lumbosacral Support is designed to be used under the strict guidance of a qualified healthcare professional and must be individually adapted by a trained orthopaedic technician to ensure correct fit, maximum immobilisation, and wearing comfort. If your physiotherapist, GP, or surgeon has recommended a rigid lumbosacral brace or contoured LS support, confirm product code A 07 with your clinician. NDIS participants should \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e to confirm funding eligibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRemove the aluminium splints from their pockets and reshape them to match the patient's spinal anatomy — this step should be performed by a trained orthopaedic technician.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReinsert the customised splints back into their pockets securely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWear over a thin cotton undergarment for best skin comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWrap the belt around the waist keeping it upright — follow the \u003cem\u003e\"up inside\"\u003c\/em\u003e label for correct orientation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlace the back panel in the centre of the vertebral column with the lower edge aligned to the base of the spine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFasten the hook-and-loop closure to a comfortable, firm compression.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStretch and fasten the double-pull elastic mechanism for added grip and firmness of the splints.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Contoured Lumbosacral Support (size as selected)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCustomisable aluminium splints (pre-fitted)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduct instruction insert\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRemove aluminium splints from pockets before washing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClose all hook-and-loop closures before washing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHand wash only in mild detergent, water below 30°C — do not wring\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDry flat in shade on a flat surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not dry-clean, iron, or bleach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse under the strict guidance of a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMust be individually adapted by a trained orthopaedic technician before use — do not self-fit this brace\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWear over a cotton undergarment or lining — do not wear directly against bare skin for extended periods\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdjust padding and strapping for a secure and comfortable fit\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek medical advice if you experience impaired sensation, impaired blood flow, skin rash, itching, increased pain, or worsening symptoms\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConcurrent use with excessive physical exertion may restrict heart and lung performance — consult your doctor before use during strenuous activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor before concurrent use with any other medical device\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMisuse or improper use may reduce effectiveness and lead to adverse effects\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFollow the instructions in the product box carefully\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes the Tynor Contoured Lumbosacral Support different from other lumbar belts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe Contoured Lumbosacral Support features customisable aluminium splints that can be individually shaped to match each patient's spinal anatomy by a trained orthopaedic technician — providing a significantly higher level of personalised immobilisation than standard elastic lumbar belts. It is designed for conditions requiring firm, rigid lumbosacral support rather than flexible everyday support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this brace need to be fitted by a professional?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the Tynor Contoured Lumbosacral Support must be individually adapted by a trained orthopaedic technician before use to reshape the aluminium splints to the patient's anatomy. Using this brace without professional fitting may result in inadequate immobilisation or discomfort. This is a clinical product and is not intended for self-fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used after spinal surgery or discectomy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe Contoured Lumbosacral Support is designed for post-discectomy care and recovery and may assist stabilisation following vertebral fracture or spinal injury. Post-operative and post-fracture use must be directed and supervised by the treating surgeon or physician — do not use for post-surgical support without explicit clinical guidance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use NDIS funding?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAustralian Healthcare Supplies is a registered NDIS provider. This product may be eligible under relevant NDIS support categories. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e to confirm eligibility for your plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e A 07\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eSizes Available:\u003c\/strong\u003e S · M · L · XL · XXL\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium, Polyester, Etha foam, Polyamide, Rubber\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eCertifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO 9001 · ISO 13485 · ISO 45001 · US FDA Registered · CE Marked · W.H.O. GMP\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eEC Representative:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT Promedt Consulting GmbH, Ernst-Heckel-Strasse 7, 66386 St. Ingbert, Germany\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies, Perth WA — registered NDIS provider\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eClinical Note:\u003c\/strong\u003e Must be individually adapted by a trained orthopaedic technician before clinical use\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eBulk \u0026amp; Institutional Orders:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for hospital supply, clinic accounts, and volume pricing\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/Contoured_LS_Support_Product_Manual.pdf\" title=\"Tynor Contoured Lumbosacral Support Product Manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Product Manual (PDF)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"SMALL","offer_id":39336858550330,"sku":"A07AAZ-SML-CONT-LS","price":94.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"MEDIUM","offer_id":39336858583098,"sku":"A07BAZ-MED-CONT-LS","price":94.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"LARGE","offer_id":39336858615866,"sku":"A07CAZ-LRG-CONT-LS","price":94.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"EXTRA LARGE","offer_id":39336858648634,"sku":"A07DAZ-XL-CONT-LS","price":94.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"XXL","offer_id":31807498977338,"sku":"A07EAZ-XXL-CONT-LS","price":94.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/tynor-ls-support-belt-front-and-back-view..webp?v=1778844935"},{"product_id":"tynor-rib-belt-chest-support-australia","title":"Tynor Rib Belt A09 | Chest \u0026 Rib Fracture Support Australia","description":"\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- SIZING TRANSITION NOTICE --\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin: 16px 0; background: #fff8e6; border: 2px solid #f0c050; border-radius: 4px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 14px 16px; vertical-align: top;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong style=\"color: #7a5c00; font-size: 1em;\"\u003eⓘ Important — Sizing Update Notice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size: 0.9em; color: #5a4000;\"\u003e The Tynor Rib Belt has moved from a previous 4-size system \u003cstrong\u003e(Small, Medium, Large, XL)\u003c\/strong\u003e to a new simplified 2-size system \u003cstrong\u003e(Regular and Plus)\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSome stock currently being fulfilled may still be labelled in the previous sizing format during the transition period.\u003c\/strong\u003e Both size systems cover the same chest measurements — refer to the full size chart in the Product Information section below to confirm your correct fit regardless of which format your order arrives in.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIf you are unsure which size to order, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\" style=\"color: #7a5c00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003econtact us\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e with your chest measurement (measured below the underarms) before purchasing. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTynor Rib Belt (A09) — designed to help support and compress the rib cage during fractures, post-surgical recovery, and thoracic rehabilitation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Rib Belt (A 09) is a prefabricated thoracic support belt designed to help compress and assist stabilisation of the rib cage, providing controlled support to the thoracic and upper abdominal regions during recovery from rib fractures, post-cardiothoracic surgery, and related chest conditions. Made from superior-quality monofilament elastic webbing with high porosity, it is designed to allow sufficient flexibility for comfortable breathing while helping to maintain firm, consistent compression. The Tynor Rib Belt is widely used across Australian hospitals, physiotherapy clinics, and in home recovery settings. Supplied by Australian Healthcare Supplies, a registered NDIS provider based in Perth, Western Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eKey Benefits\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned to help compress and support the rib cage\u003c\/strong\u003e — The elasticised body is designed to assist compression of the thoracic and upper abdominal regions, helping to reduce discomfort associated with rib movement during breathing, coughing, or sneezing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned to allow comfortable breathing\u003c\/strong\u003e — Despite firm compression, the belt is constructed with sufficient flexibility to assist comfortable respiratory movement throughout the recovery period.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLocalised compression pad\u003c\/strong\u003e — An integrated splinting pad can be positioned directly at the fracture site or surgical incision, designed to assist localised grip and targeted support where it is most needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra porous construction for extended wear\u003c\/strong\u003e — Monofilament elastic webbing provides high aeration, helping to maintain skin comfort and reduce heat build-up — important for post-surgical patients wearing the belt throughout the day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned to prevent rolling or buckling\u003c\/strong\u003e — Semi-rigid splints integrated into the belt are designed to hold it flat and in position, helping to maintain consistent compression and prevent the belt from shifting during movement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned for independent application\u003c\/strong\u003e — Long hook-and-loop closure panels allow easy, adjustable fitting and removal with minimal assistance — important for patients with limited mobility post-surgery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBroad thoracic coverage\u003c\/strong\u003e — Optimal belt width is designed to provide wide, even coverage across the thoracic region, assisting in more consistent stabilisation of the chest wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Rib Belt is designed to help provide compression and support to the thoracic and upper abdominal regions. It may assist in the management of discomfort associated with the following conditions:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRib fractures and dislocations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStabilisation support for sternal fractures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-cardiothoracic surgery recovery and chest wall protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtection and compression of surgical incisions of the chest and abdomen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduction of discomfort from sudden rib cage expansion during deep breathing, coughing, or sneezing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssisting secretion clearance from the lungs post-surgery, helping to reduce the risk of post-operative pulmonary complications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral thoracic and upper abdominal compression and support during recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is intended to be used under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional. If your doctor, physiotherapist, or surgeon has recommended a rib belt or thoracic support belt, confirm product code A 09 with your clinician. NDIS participants should \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e to confirm funding eligibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eConstruction\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuperior-quality monofilament elastic webbing with high degree of porosity for ventilation and comfort\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeat-resistant rubber with high modulus of elasticity — designed for long-lasting compression without loosening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated splinting pad for localised support and grip at the injury or incision site\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSemi-rigid splints to assist shape retention and prevent rolling or buckling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong hook-and-loop closure panels for secure fit, sizing flexibility, and easy application\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptimal belt width for broad thoracic coverage and even compression\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterials: Polyamide, Polyurethane, Ethafoam, Polyester, Rubber, Cotton\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Beige \/ Natural\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd. — ISO 13485 certified\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Information\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; font-size: 0.9em;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 28%; padding: 12px 14px; background: #f5f5f5; vertical-align: top; border: 1px solid #ddd; font-weight: bold;\"\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px 14px; vertical-align: top; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e1. Position the compression pad directly at the site of rib fracture, injury, or surgical incision.\u003cbr\u003e2. Wrap the belt around the thorax keeping it upright — follow the \u003cem\u003e\"up inside\"\u003c\/em\u003e label for correct orientation.\u003cbr\u003e3. Fasten the hook-and-loop closure to a comfortable, firm compression — snug but not so tight as to restrict breathing.\u003cbr\u003e4. Adjust the pad and straps as needed for a secure and comfortable fit.\u003cbr\u003e5. Check that breathing feels comfortable and unobstructed before completing application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px 14px; background: #f5f5f5; vertical-align: top; border: 1px solid #ddd; font-weight: bold;\"\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px 14px; vertical-align: top; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e1 × Tynor Rib Belt (size as selected)\u003cbr\u003eIntegrated compression pad (fitted)\u003cbr\u003eProduct instruction insert\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px 14px; background: #f5f5f5; vertical-align: top; border: 1px solid #ddd; font-weight: bold;\"\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px 14px; vertical-align: top; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eClose hook-and-loop closures before washing. Hand wash only in mild detergent, water ≤30°C. Do not wring. Dry flat in shade. Do not tumble dry, iron, dry-clean, or bleach.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px 14px; background: #f5f5f5; vertical-align: top; border: 1px solid #ddd; font-weight: bold;\"\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px 14px; vertical-align: top; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eThis product is designed to be used under the strict guidance of a qualified healthcare professional. Do not wear so tightly as to restrict breathing or circulation. Discontinue use immediately and seek medical advice if you experience impaired sensation, reduced blood flow, skin rash or irritation, increased pain, or worsening symptoms. Consult your doctor before concurrent use with any other medical device. Misuse or improper use may reduce effectiveness and lead to adverse effects. Always follow the instructions provided in the product box. Keep out of reach of children.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px 14px; background: #f5f5f5; vertical-align: top; border: 1px solid #ddd; font-weight: bold;\"\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px 14px; vertical-align: top; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Tynor Rib Belt used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe Tynor Rib Belt (A09) is designed to help provide compression and support to the thoracic and upper abdominal regions. It is intended to assist in the management of discomfort associated with rib fractures, sternal fractures, post-cardiothoracic surgery recovery, and chest or abdominal surgical incision protection. It should be used only as directed by a qualified healthcare professional.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Tynor Rib Belt suitable for fractured ribs?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — the Tynor Rib Belt is specifically designed to help provide compression and support to the thoracic region and is widely used in the management of rib fractures across Australian hospitals and clinics. Use only as directed by your treating doctor or physiotherapist.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the Tynor Rib Belt be used after chest surgery?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is designed to assist post-cardiothoracic and post-surgical recovery. Use only as specifically directed by your treating surgeon or physician — do not self-prescribe for post-operative use.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow tight should a rib belt be worn?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe belt should feel firm and supportive, but you must be able to breathe comfortably. If breathing feels restricted at any point, loosen the belt immediately and seek guidance from your healthcare professional.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size Tynor Rib Belt do I need — Regular or Plus?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMeasure the circumference of your chest below the underarms. Regular fits 28–40\" (71–102 cm). Plus fits 40–52\" (102–132 cm). If you are between sizes or unsure, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e before ordering.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the old and new Tynor Rib Belt sizing?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe previous sizing used four sizes: Small (28–32\"), Medium (32–36\"), Large (36–40\"), and XL (40–44\"). The new sizing uses two sizes: Regular (28–40\") and Plus (40–52\"). Small, Medium, and Large all correspond to Regular. XL corresponds to Plus. Some stock during the transition period may still arrive in the old sizing format — your chest measurement is the most reliable guide.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use NDIS funding for the Tynor Rib Belt?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAustralian Healthcare Supplies is a registered NDIS provider. NDIS participants may be eligible to use funding toward this product. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e to confirm eligibility for your specific plan.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Tynor Rib Belt available in Australia?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — the Tynor Rib Belt (A09) is stocked and dispatched from Perth, Western Australia by Australian Healthcare Supplies. Fast shipping is available Australia-wide.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px 14px; background: #f5f5f5; vertical-align: top; border: 1px solid #ddd; font-weight: bold;\"\u003eSizing Guide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px 14px; vertical-align: top; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0 0 8px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to measure:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col style=\"margin: 0 0 14px; padding-left: 18px; font-size: 0.95em;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStand upright with your back in a straight position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure the circumference around your chest \u003cstrong\u003ebelow the underarms\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMatch your measurement to the size chart below and select accordingly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0 0 12px; padding: 10px 13px; background: #fff8e6; border: 1px solid #f0c050; font-size: 0.88em; color: #5a4000; border-radius: 3px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Sizing transition notice:\u003c\/strong\u003e This product has moved from a previous 4-size system (Small, Medium, Large, XL) to a new 2-size system (Regular and Plus). Some stock may still arrive labelled in the old format. Your chest measurement is the most reliable way to confirm the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0 0 6px; font-size: 0.9em;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCurrent Sizing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"border-collapse: collapse; width: 100%; font-size: 0.9em; margin-bottom: 16px;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background: #d6e8f5;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 8px 12px; border: 1px solid #b0cfe0; text-align: left;\"\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 8px 12px; border: 1px solid #b0cfe0; text-align: left;\"\u003eChest — Inches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 8px 12px; border: 1px solid #b0cfe0; text-align: left;\"\u003eChest — Centimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 8px 12px; border: 1px solid #b0cfe0; text-align: left;\"\u003eSelect Variant\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 8px 12px; border: 1px solid #b0cfe0;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRegular\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 8px 12px; border: 1px solid #b0cfe0;\"\u003e28–40\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 8px 12px; border: 1px solid #b0cfe0;\"\u003e71–102 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 8px 12px; border: 1px solid #b0cfe0;\"\u003eSelect \u003cstrong\u003eRegular\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background: #f0f7fd;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 8px 12px; border: 1px solid #b0cfe0;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlus\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 8px 12px; border: 1px solid #b0cfe0;\"\u003e40–52\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 8px 12px; border: 1px solid #b0cfe0;\"\u003e102–132 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 8px 12px; border: 1px solid #b0cfe0;\"\u003eSelect \u003cstrong\u003ePlus\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0 0 6px; font-size: 0.9em;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrevious Sizing — Reference Only (transition stock)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"border-collapse: collapse; width: 100%; font-size: 0.9em;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background: #ececec;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 7px 10px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eOld Size Label\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 7px 10px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eChest — Inches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 7px 10px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eChest — Centimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 7px 10px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eEquivalent Current Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 7px 10px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmall\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 7px 10px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e28–32\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 7px 10px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e70–80 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 7px 10px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRegular\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background: #fafafa;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 7px 10px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMedium\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 7px 10px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e32–36\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 7px 10px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e80–90 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 7px 10px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRegular\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 7px 10px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLarge\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 7px 10px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e36–40\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 7px 10px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e90–100 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 7px 10px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRegular\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background: #fafafa;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 7px 10px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eXL (Extra Large)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 7px 10px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e40–44\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 7px 10px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e100–110 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 7px 10px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlus\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 12px 0 0; font-size: 0.88em; color: #555;\"\u003eNot sure which size to order? \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your chest measurement (below the underarms) and we will confirm the correct size before you purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!-- CLINICAL REFERENCE — for health professionals, hospitals, and NDIS providers --\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFor Health Professionals \u0026amp; Hospital Procurement\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; font-size: 0.9em;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 28%; padding: 12px 14px; background: #eef1f7; vertical-align: top; border: 1px solid #cdd5e0; font-weight: bold;\"\u003eIntended Clinical Use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px 14px; vertical-align: top; border: 1px solid #cdd5e0;\"\u003ePrefabricated thoracic orthosis designed to help provide external compression and assist stabilisation of the rib cage and thoracic region. Intended to assist in the management of discomfort and support recovery in the following clinical presentations:\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRib fractures and dislocations · Sternal fractures · Post-cardiothoracic surgery · Protection of chest and abdominal surgical incisions · Post-operative respiratory support — assisting secretion clearance and helping to reduce discomfort during coughing and deep breathing · General thoracic and upper abdominal compression during recovery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px 14px; background: #eef1f7; vertical-align: top; border: 1px solid #cdd5e0; font-weight: bold;\"\u003eContraindications\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px 14px; vertical-align: top; border: 1px solid #cdd5e0;\"\u003eKnown hypersensitivity to component materials · Active skin lesions or open wounds at the application site (unless appropriately dressed and clinically cleared for compression) · Respiratory compromise where thoracic compression may further impair ventilation · Circulatory disorders where external compression is contraindicated · Paediatric use without clinical assessment and supervision\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px 14px; background: #eef1f7; vertical-align: top; border: 1px solid #cdd5e0; font-weight: bold;\"\u003eClinical Precautions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px 14px; vertical-align: top; border: 1px solid #cdd5e0;\"\u003eMonitor respiratory comfort — compression must not restrict breathing or reduce oxygen saturation · Position compression pad precisely at the fracture or incision site as clinically directed · Monitor for pressure-related skin reactions, particularly over bony prominences and surgical wounds · Post-operative application to be prescribed, fitted, and supervised by the treating clinician · Advise periodic removal as clinically appropriate · Discontinue and reassess if pain increases, respiratory discomfort develops, or skin breakdown occurs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px 14px; background: #eef1f7; vertical-align: top; border: 1px solid #cdd5e0; font-weight: bold;\"\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px 14px; vertical-align: top; border: 1px solid #cdd5e0;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e A 09\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd. — ISO 13485 certified\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEC Representative:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sermed b.v., Schoterlandsewag 41, Oudeschoot 8451 KA, The Netherlands\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies, Perth WA — registered NDIS provider\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTGA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Intended as a Class I medical device. Ensure use is consistent with TGA regulatory requirements and applicable clinical guidelines.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBulk \u0026amp; Institutional Orders:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for hospital supply, clinic accounts, and volume pricing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener\" title=\"Tynor Rib Belt Product Manual PDF\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/A_09_Rib_Belt_User_Manual_New_cc.pdf?v=1778228790\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Product Manual (PDF)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Small — 28–32\" (70–80 cm)","offer_id":39336858681402,"sku":"A09AAZ-SML-RIB-BLT","price":54.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Medium — 32–36\" (80–90 cm)","offer_id":39336858714170,"sku":"A09BAZ-MED-RIB-BLT","price":54.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Large — 36–40\" (90–100 cm)","offer_id":39336858746938,"sku":"A09CAZ-LRG-RIB-BLT","price":54.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"XL — 40–44\" (100–110 cm)","offer_id":31807498846266,"sku":"A09DAZ-XL-RIB-BLT","price":54.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Regular — 28–40\" (71–102 cm)","offer_id":41401248088122,"sku":"A09AAZ-REG-RIB-BLT","price":54.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Plus — 40–52\" (102–132 cm)","offer_id":41401248120890,"sku":"A09FAZ-PLUS-RIB-BLT","price":54.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/Tynor-Rib-Belt-Adjustable-Support-5.jpg?v=1737383315"},{"product_id":"a11-chest-binder-belt-for-rib-fracture","title":"Tynor Chest Binder A11 | Rib \u0026 Sternum Support Australia","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Chest Binder is a thoracic compression binder designed to help compress and assist stabilisation of the rib cage and sternum, providing controlled support to the thoracic region during recovery from rib fractures, sternal fractures, and post-cardiothoracic surgery. Constructed from superior-quality elastic webbing with heat-resistant rubber, a 50mm thick PUF centre pad, and lateral side pads, it is designed to assist firm compression and targeted splinting while allowing sufficient flexibility for comfortable breathing throughout the recovery period. Supplied by Australian Healthcare Supplies, a registered NDIS provider based in Perth, Western Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50mm thick PUF centre pad\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed to assist localised binding of the fractured sternum, helping to assist stabilisation and reduce vibration-related discomfort during breathing, coughing, and movement, without compromising patient comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg\u003e\u003cimg\u003e\u003cimg\u003e\u003cimg\u003eLateral side pads\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed to assist compressive force distribution across the sides of the thorax, helping to assist reduction of rib fractures and support the chest wall evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStrong elasticised body\u003c\/strong\u003e — Extra-strong elastic webbing with heat-resistant rubber designed to provide firm, consistent compression across the thoracic region with long-lasting performance and no loosening over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned to assist secretion clearance\u003c\/strong\u003e — Firm thoracic compression is designed to assist phlegm expulsion post-cardiothoracic surgery, helping to reduce the risk of post-operative pulmonary complications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBroad hook-and-loop closure panels\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed to allow a strong, snug fit around the chest with easy, independent application and removal, and flexibility for sizing adjustment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned to allow comfortable breathing\u003c\/strong\u003e — Constructed with stretchable materials designed to allow sufficient respiratory flexibility despite firm compression throughout the recovery period.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Chest Binder may assist in managing discomfort and supporting recovery associated with the following conditions:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRib fractures and dislocations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSternal (breastbone) fractures — designed to assist splinting and stabilisation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-cardiothoracic surgery recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-operative chest wall protection and compression\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduction of discomfort associated with rib cage movement during breathing, coughing, or sneezing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssisting phlegm expulsion post-cardiothoracic surgery to help reduce post-operative pulmonary complications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMuscle tear, strain, and soft tissue injury to the thoracic region\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral thoracic compression and support during recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional. If your doctor, physiotherapist, or surgeon has recommended a chest binder or thoracic support belt, confirm product code A 11 with your clinician. NDIS participants should \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e to confirm funding eligibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition the centre pad at the furrow of the chest (sternum), ensuring it sits centrally over the area of fracture or surgical incision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrap the binder around the thorax keeping it upright — the side pads should sit over each side of the rib cage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFasten the hook-and-loop closure panels to a comfortable, firm compression — snug but not so tight as to restrict breathing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjust the straps and pad position as needed for a secure and comfortable fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck that breathing feels comfortable and unobstructed before completing application.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Chest Binder A11 (size as selected)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentre PUF compression pad (pre-fitted)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLateral side pads (pre-fitted)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct instruction insert\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose all hook-and-loop closures before washing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand wash only in mild detergent, water below 30°C — do not wring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry flat in shade on a flat surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not dry-clean, iron, or bleach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse under the strict guidance of a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe centre pad must be positioned at the sternum furrow — incorrect positioning may reduce effectiveness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not wear so tightly as to restrict breathing or circulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use immediately and seek medical advice if you experience impaired sensation, reduced blood flow, skin rash, increased pain, or worsening symptoms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor post-operative use, apply only as directed by your treating surgeon or physician — do not self-prescribe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor before concurrent use with any other medical device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMisuse or improper use may reduce effectiveness and lead to adverse effects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the instructions in the product box carefully\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the Tynor Chest Binder and the Rib Belt?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe Tynor Chest Binder (A11) features a 50mm thick PUF centre pad designed to assist splinting of the sternum, plus lateral side pads for compressive force distribution — making it suitable for sternal fractures and post-cardiothoracic surgery. The Tynor Rib Belt (A09) is a wrap-around elastic belt designed for rib fracture support and thoracic compression without structured pads. Confirm with your healthcare professional which is more appropriate for your specific condition and injury.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the Tynor Chest Binder be used after open heart surgery?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe Chest Binder is designed to assist post-cardiothoracic surgery recovery and help with phlegm expulsion and sternal stabilisation. Post-operative use must be directed and supervised by your treating surgeon or physician only — do not use for post-surgical support without explicit clinical guidance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow tight should the chest binder be worn?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe binder should feel firm and supportive but you must be able to breathe comfortably. If breathing feels restricted at any point, loosen the closure immediately and seek guidance from your healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use NDIS funding?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAustralian Healthcare Supplies is a registered NDIS provider. This product may be eligible under relevant NDIS support categories. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e to confirm eligibility for your plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e A 11\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSizes Available:\u003c\/strong\u003e S · M · L · XL · XXL\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Elastic webbing (heat-resistant rubber), PU foam, Ethafoam, Hook-and-loop closure\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCertifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO 9001 · ISO 13485 · ISO 45001 · US FDA Registered · CE Marked · W.H.O. GMP\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEC Representative:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT Promedt Consulting GmbH, Ernst-Heckel-Strasse 7, 66386 St. Ingbert, Germany\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies, Perth WA — registered NDIS provider\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBulk \u0026amp; Institutional Orders:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for hospital supply, clinic accounts, and volume pricing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/A_11_Chest_Binder_User_Manual_New_cc.pdf?v=1778947568\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Tynor Chest Binder A11 Product Manual\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Product Manual (PDF)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"SMALL","offer_id":39336858779706,"sku":"A11AAZ-SML-CST-BIN","price":79.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"MEDIUM","offer_id":39336858812474,"sku":"A11BAZ-MED-CST-BIN","price":79.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"LARGE","offer_id":39336858845242,"sku":"A11CAZ-LRG-CST-BIN","price":79.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"XL","offer_id":31807498682426,"sku":"A11DAZ-XL-CST-BIN","price":79.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"XXL","offer_id":39417644122170,"sku":"A11EAZ-XXL-CST-BIN","price":79.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/tynor-chest-binder-australian-female-model-front-view..webp?v=1778947407"},{"product_id":"b19-contoured-cervical-pillow","title":"Tynor Contoured Cervical Pillow B19 | Twin Height Orthopaedic Pillow","description":"\u003c!--\n╔══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗\n║         SEO BLOCK — SHOPIFY SEARCH ENGINE LISTING                   ║\n╠══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╣\n║                                                                      ║\n║  PAGE TITLE:                                                         ║\n║  Tynor Contoured Cervical Pillow B-19 | Twin Height Orthopaedic Pillow\n║                                                                      ║\n║  META DESCRIPTION:                                                   ║\n║  Tynor B-19 Contoured Cervical Pillow offers twin height options    ║\n║  for short or long necks with high density foam and plush velvet    ║\n║  cover.                                                             ║\n║                                                                      ║\n║  META KEYWORDS \/ TAGS:                                               ║\n║  tynor, contoured cervical pillow, twin height pillow, neck pillow, ║\n║  orthopaedic pillow, B-19                                           ║\n║                                                                      ║\n╚══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝\n--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Contoured Cervical Pillow B-19 is an anatomically contoured orthopaedic pillow designed to support the natural curvature of the neck and cervical spine during sleep. Featuring a scientifically shaped twin-height profile, high-density sagging-resistant PU foam, and a soft velvet cover, it helps maintain proper sleeping posture while reducing neck strain and muscular tension. The dual contour design adapts to both short and long neck anatomies, making it suitable for a wide range of sleeping preferences and postural needs. Designed for everyday comfort, long-term durability, and improved cervical alignment during rest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContoured anatomical design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Scientifically shaped to conform to the natural curve of the neck and cervical spine, promoting improved sleeping posture and balanced neck support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwin height profile\u003c\/strong\u003e — Dual contour heights are designed to accommodate both short and long neck anatomies for personalised comfort and alignment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-density PU foam\u003c\/strong\u003e — Sagging-resistant foam construction provides long-lasting resilience, consistent support, and improved durability during prolonged daily use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft velvet fabric cover\u003c\/strong\u003e — Plush breathable cover provides enhanced comfort, softness, and improved sleep experience throughout the night.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupports cervical alignment\u003c\/strong\u003e — Helps maintain the neck in slight hyperextension to support muscle relaxation and reduce postural strain during sleep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemovable washable cover\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed for convenient cleaning and better hygiene maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Contoured Cervical Pillow B-19 is designed to help support the cervical spine and improve neck positioning during sleep and rest. It may assist with:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCervical pain, stiffness, and muscular strain\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCervical spondylitis and cervical radiculopathy\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eForward head posture and postural imbalance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSleep posture support and spinal alignment\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMild neck sprains and stiffness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSleep discomfort associated with snoring or sleep posture\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMuscle tension, trigger points, and waking headaches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e This pillow is designed to assist cervical support and sleeping posture. It is not intended to replace medical treatment for spinal or neurological conditions. Always seek professional medical advice for persistent neck pain, nerve symptoms, or sleep disorders.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlace the pillow on a flat sleeping surface in a comfortable sleeping position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003ePosition the rounded contour deeply beneath the neck while centering the head in the concave section.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eSelect the contour height that feels most supportive and comfortable for your neck length.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eUse consistently during sleep or rest periods for improved cervical posture support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid sleeping face-down if experiencing neck pain or cervical discomfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Contoured Cervical Pillow B-19\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 × Removable velvet fabric cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduct instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRemove the outer cover before washing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eHand wash the cover using mild detergent below 30°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eDry flat in shade on a clean surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not bleach, iron, or dry-clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep foam core away from direct moisture or water exposure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional if managing cervical or spinal conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid sleeping on the stomach if you experience neck pain or cervical stiffness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use if pain, numbness, discomfort, or symptoms worsen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eConsult your healthcare professional before concurrent use with other orthopaedic devices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eImproper use may reduce effectiveness and comfort\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eFollow the instructions provided with the product carefully\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the benefit of the twin height design?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe twin-height contour allows users to choose between two support heights, making the pillow suitable for both short and long neck anatomies while improving comfort and cervical alignment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this pillow help with neck pain?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe pillow is designed to support proper neck posture and reduce muscular strain during sleep, which may help improve comfort associated with cervical stiffness and postural discomfort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the cover removable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the soft velvet cover is removable and washable for easier hygiene maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used every night?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the pillow is designed for regular daily sleep use and long-term comfort support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e B 19\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e Universal\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-density PU Foam with Velvet Fabric Cover\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Assorted\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e Twin-height contoured cervical support pillow\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies — Perth WA\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eUse Category:\u003c\/strong\u003e Orthopaedic cervical support pillow\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\n  \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/Contoured_Cervical_pillow_Manual.pdf?3755\" title=\"Tynor Contoured Cervical Pillow B-19 Product Manual\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eDownload Product Manual (PDF)\u003c\/strong\u003e\n  \u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31488206405690,"sku":"B19UBZ-UNI-CNT-C-PILW","price":119.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/PILLOW.jpg?v=1629223363"},{"product_id":"tynor-child-arm-sling-c01-kids-arm-support","title":"Tynor Child Arm Sling C01 | Paediatric Arm Support Sling","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Child Arm Sling C01 is a paediatric arm support sling designed to help support, hold, and immobilise the arm in a comfortable flexion position during recovery. Made from soft PU bonded fabric with adjustable shoulder strapping and cushioned support, it is designed to provide comfort and stability while assisting protection of the injured arm. The lightweight child-friendly design is suitable for everyday wear during recovery from fractures, sprains, post-cast care, and post-operative support. Supplied in Australia by an NDIS registered provider.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft three-layer bonded fabric\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed to provide comfort, durability, and cushioning during extended wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable shoulder strap\u003c\/strong\u003e — Allows customised positioning and secure support for improved comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne-touch buckle system\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed for quick application and easy removal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCushioned shoulder pad\u003c\/strong\u003e — Helps distribute load evenly and improve wearing comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThumb support cradle\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed to assist thumb positioning and reduce fatigue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight child-friendly design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Intended for comfortable everyday use during recovery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBreathable comfortable construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed to assist airflow and prolonged wear comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMay assist in supporting and immobilising the arm during recovery associated with:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eArm and forearm fractures\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClavicle injuries\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePost-cast support\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePost-surgical recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSprains and soft tissue injuries\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShoulder discomfort or instability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConditions requiring temporary arm support and immobilisation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlways use under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional. NDIS participants should \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e to confirm funding eligibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlace the injured arm carefully inside the pouch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003ePosition the sling strap over the opposite shoulder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eAdjust the buckle to achieve a secure and comfortable fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eEnsure the arm remains supported in a slightly flexed position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003ePosition the shoulder pad at the load-bearing area for improved comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003ePlace the thumb in the thumb cradle if required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Child Arm Sling C01\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduct instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHand wash with mild detergent below 30°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not wring after washing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDry flat in shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not bleach, iron, or dry clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSecure hook-and-loop fasteners before washing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse under the supervision of a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eAdjust straps correctly to maintain comfort and circulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek medical advice if irritation, rash, numbness, swelling, or increased pain occurs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eConsult your healthcare professional before concurrent use with another medical device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eImproper fitting or misuse may reduce effectiveness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eFollow all instructions supplied with the product carefully\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children when not in use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Tynor Child Arm Sling C01 used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe C01 Child Arm Sling is designed to help support and immobilise the arm during recovery from fractures, sprains, post-cast care, and post-operative conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the sling adjustable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the adjustable shoulder strap and buckle system are designed to provide a customised and secure fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan children wear this sling comfortably throughout the day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe lightweight cushioned design is intended for comfortable extended wear during routine daily recovery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I claim this product through NDIS?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAustralian Healthcare Supplies is a registered NDIS provider. This product may be eligible under relevant support categories depending on your plan. Please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e for assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e C01\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Child Pouch Arm Sling\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e PU Bonded Fabric, Foam, Cotton, Nylon, Polyester\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO 9001 · ISO 13485 · ISO 45001 · CE Marked · US FDA Registered · W.H.O. GMP\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEC Representative:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT Promedt Consulting GmbH, Germany\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies, Perth WA — Registered NDIS Provider\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBulk \u0026amp; Institutional Orders:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for clinic, hospital, and wholesale enquiries\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"#\" title=\"Tynor Child Arm Sling C01 User Manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Product Manual (PDF)\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Child","offer_id":31488206438458,"sku":"C01IAZ-CH-TRP-ARM-SLG","price":34.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/tynor-kids-arm-sling-whake-design-boy-australia..webp?v=1778949963"},{"product_id":"c02-universal-shoulder-immobiliser-child","title":"Tynor Universal Shoulder Immobilizer C02 Child | Shoulder Fracture Support","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Universal Shoulder Immobilizer is a scientifically designed orthopaedic support that helps provide strong immobilisation and stabilisation of the shoulder joint and arm during injury recovery, post-operative care, and rehabilitation. Featuring a two-piece ergonomic design, adjustable fixation straps, and soft PU bonded fabric, it is designed to provide secure arm positioning with enhanced comfort and ease of application for extended daily wear. Available in Child, Regular, and Plus sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScientific immobilisation design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Two-piece shoulder immobilisation system designed to provide secure stabilisation and controlled arm positioning during recovery and rehabilitation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced comfort construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — Made from premium 3-layer PU bonded fabric that is soft, wrinkle-resistant, durable, and comfortable for prolonged use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable fixation straps\u003c\/strong\u003e — Adjustable shoulder and chest fixation straps allow customised fitting, controlled immobilisation, and better user comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConvenient easy-wear design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Reverse buckle mechanism and ergonomic construction allow easy self-application and removal with minimal assistance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal left or right fit\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed to fit both left and right arms while accommodating a wide range of body sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStable arm support\u003c\/strong\u003e — Arm pouch and restraint system help maintain the arm in a secure resting position while reducing unwanted shoulder movement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Universal Shoulder Immobilizer is designed to help provide support, immobilisation, and stabilisation of the shoulder and arm. It may assist in the conservative management and rehabilitation of the following conditions:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShoulder dislocation and shoulder instability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePost-operative shoulder immobilisation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRotator cuff injury recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClavicle and scapular fracture support\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft tissue injury, sprain, or strain of the shoulder\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eArm and shoulder support following trauma or overuse injuries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e This product is designed to assist shoulder and arm immobilisation during recovery and rehabilitation. Always use under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional to ensure correct fitting and appropriate immobilisation level.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional. NDIS participants should \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e to confirm funding eligibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlace the arm inside the pouch with the elbow comfortably positioned.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eWrap the shoulder strap over the opposite shoulder and adjust to the required height and arm position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eSecure the chest fixation strap around the body to stabilise the arm against the torso.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eAdjust all straps to achieve a secure yet comfortable immobilisation fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eEnsure circulation remains comfortable and movement restriction is appropriate for the prescribed condition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Universal Shoulder Immobilizer C-02\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntegrated arm pouch and restraint straps\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduct instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHand wash only using mild detergent in water below 30°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not wring, bleach, iron, or dry clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDry flat in shade away from direct sunlight\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in a cool, dry place when not in use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse under the strict guidance of a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek medical advice if pain, swelling, numbness, or discomfort increases\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not overtighten straps as this may restrict circulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor before concurrent use with any other medical device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eImproper use may reduce effectiveness or delay recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eFollow the instructions provided inside the product packaging carefully\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the shoulder immobilizer used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe Tynor Universal Shoulder Immobilizer is designed to help immobilise and stabilise the shoulder and arm during injury recovery, rehabilitation, and post-operative care.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used on both arms?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the universal design allows the immobilizer to be worn on either the left or right arm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it comfortable for long-term wear?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the soft PU bonded fabric, ergonomic pouch, and adjustable straps are designed to improve comfort during extended use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I adjust the fit myself?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the immobilizer features adjustable shoulder and chest straps for customised fitting and easy self-application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e C 02\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eSizes Available:\u003c\/strong\u003e CH, Regular, Plus\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Grey\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-layer PU bonded fabric, Nylon straps, Hook-and-loop closures\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eCertifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO 9001 · ISO 13485 · CE Marked · US FDA Registered\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies — Registered NDIS Provider\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eBulk \u0026amp; Institutional Orders:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for hospital, physiotherapy clinic, and healthcare supply pricing\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\n  \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/Universal_Shoulder_immobilizer.pdf?995\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eDownload Product Manual (PDF)\u003c\/strong\u003e\n  \u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31488206503994,"sku":"C02IBZ-CH-SHLDR-IMOB","price":54.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/Tynor_Universal_Shoulder_Immobilization_Support_Correct_Posture_Australia_Child_01.jpg?v=1626383686"},{"product_id":"c05-child-clavicle-brace","title":"Tynor Clavicle Brace With Fastening Tape Child C05 | Ergonomic Clavicle Alignment Support","description":"\u003cp\u003e\nThe Tynor Clavicle Brace with Fastening Tape is a scientifically designed orthopaedic support that helps maintain proper alignment of the clavicle (collarbone), supports posture correction, and assists in fracture management and recovery. Its ergonomic figure-of-eight design, cushioned shoulder pads, and adjustable fastening system ensure controlled compression, stability, and comfort during daily use.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eErgonomic figure-of-eight design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Maintains proper clavicle alignment and supports correct shoulder posture during recovery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable fastening tape system\u003c\/strong\u003e — Allows precise tightening and positioning for controlled compression and stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCushioned shoulder pads\u003c\/strong\u003e — Reduce pressure on shoulders and improve comfort during prolonged wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReverse buckle mechanism\u003c\/strong\u003e — Enables easy adjustment and secure fit without loosening during movement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBreathable padded construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — Lightweight PU foam with soft lining ensures comfort and reduces skin irritation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosture correction support\u003c\/strong\u003e — Helps in managing rounded shoulders and promotes proper upper body alignment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nThe Tynor Clavicle Brace is designed to provide immobilisation, support, and alignment of the clavicle region. It may assist in the management and recovery of the following conditions:\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClavicle (collarbone) fractures\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePost-operative clavicle support and immobilisation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePostural correction (rounded or stooped shoulders)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClavicle strain or injury recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUpper back and shoulder alignment support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e This device should be used under the supervision of a qualified healthcare professional to ensure proper alignment and correct tension adjustment.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\nUse under medical guidance. For NDIS or clinical supply enquiries, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlace the back pad centrally between the shoulder blades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePosition the shoulder straps over both shoulders evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdjust the straps using the reverse buckle system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEnsure gentle but firm compression for proper clavicle alignment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCheck that the brace sits comfortably without restricting circulation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Clavicle Brace C-05\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntegrated fastening straps and shoulder pads\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUser instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHand wash with mild detergent in water below 30°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not bleach, iron, or dry clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDry flat in shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClose all hook-and-loop fasteners before washing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse only under medical supervision\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid overtightening to prevent circulation restriction\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use if pain, numbness, or irritation occurs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsult a doctor if symptoms persist or worsen\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEnsure correct positioning for effective clavicle alignment\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Clavicle Brace used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt helps stabilise and align the collarbone during fracture recovery, post-operative care, and posture correction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it correct rounded shoulders?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — it supports posture correction by gently pulling the shoulders back into alignment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it adjustable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the reverse buckle system allows precise adjustment for comfort and support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for daily wear?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the padded breathable design allows comfortable extended use under guidance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e C 05\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eSizes Available:\u003c\/strong\u003e CH, S, M, L, XL, XXL\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e EVA foam, PU foam, elastic webbing, hook-and-loop fasteners\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eCertifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO 9001 · ISO 13485 · CE Marked\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies — Registered NDIS Provider\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eBulk Orders:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\n  \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/clavicle-brace-user-manual.pdf?2909\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eDownload Product Manual\u003c\/strong\u003e\n  \u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31488206569530,"sku":"C05IAZ-CH-CLAV-BRC","price":44.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/Tynor_Clavicle_Brace_Child_Clavicle_Fractures_20.jpg?v=1626446489"},{"product_id":"c06-pouch-arm-sling-child","title":"Tynor Pouch Arm Sling Baggy C06 Child | Heavy Cast Arm Immobilisation Sling","description":"\u003cp\u003e\nThe Tynor Pouch Arm Sling (Baggy) is a comfortable orthopaedic support designed to immobilise and support the arm, shoulder, and forearm during injury recovery and rehabilitation. Its baggy design accommodates bulky casts, heavy bandages, and dressings comfortably while evenly distributing arm weight across the shoulder for improved comfort and support during prolonged wear.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBaggy arm pouch\u003c\/strong\u003e — Optimally accommodates bulky casts, heavy dressings, and bandages comfortably.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptimal immobilisation\u003c\/strong\u003e — Helps stabilise the arm and shoulder to reduce unnecessary movement during recovery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComfortable cushioning\u003c\/strong\u003e — Ethafoam shoulder padding distributes arm weight evenly for improved comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree-layer PU fabric\u003c\/strong\u003e — Durable, wrinkle-resistant, soft-touch construction with plush appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable shoulder strap\u003c\/strong\u003e — Allows customised arm positioning and flexible angle adjustment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThumb cradle support\u003c\/strong\u003e — Helps maintain comfortable thumb positioning and reduces muscle fatigue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nThe Tynor Pouch Arm Sling Baggy is designed to provide immobilisation, support, and resting stability for the arm and shoulder. It may assist in the conservative management and rehabilitation of the following conditions:\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eArm fractures with bulky casts or dressings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eForearm and wrist injury recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePost-operative arm immobilisation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShoulder and elbow support during rehabilitation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft tissue injury recovery requiring arm support\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGeneral arm stabilisation during rest and healing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e This product is designed to provide arm support and immobilisation during injury recovery. Always use under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\nUse under medical supervision. NDIS participants and healthcare providers may \n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e for support and eligibility enquiries.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlace the affected arm comfortably inside the pouch sling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003ePosition the thumb into the thumb cradle support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eAdjust the shoulder strap to achieve the desired arm height and angle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eEnsure the shoulder pad sits comfortably over the shoulder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eSecure the buckle and check that the arm is fully supported.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eAdjust positioning for stable yet comfortable immobilisation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Pouch Arm Sling Baggy C-06\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntegrated adjustable shoulder strap\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEthafoam shoulder pad and thumb cradle\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduct instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHand wash with mild detergent in water below 30°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not bleach, iron, or dry clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDry flat in shade away from direct heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in a cool, dry place\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse only under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use if pain, numbness, swelling, or irritation increases\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eEnsure proper arm positioning before tightening straps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not overtighten the sling or straps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor before concurrent use with other orthopaedic devices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eImproper use may reduce effectiveness or delay recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Pouch Arm Sling Baggy used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt is designed to support and immobilise the arm, especially when bulky casts, bandages, or dressings are present.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it hold heavy casts comfortably?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the baggy design is specifically created to comfortably accommodate heavy casts and bulky dressings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be worn on either arm?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the adjustable universal design allows use on both the left and right arm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it comfortable for long-term wear?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the cushioned shoulder pad and soft PU bonded fabric improve comfort during prolonged daily use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e C 06\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eSizes Available:\u003c\/strong\u003e CHILD\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Grey\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e PU bonded fabric, Ethafoam padding, Cotton sling, Hook-and-loop closures\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eCertifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO 9001 · ISO 13485 · CE Marked\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies — Registered NDIS Provider\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eBulk \u0026amp; Institutional Orders:\u003c\/strong\u003e \n  \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\n  \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/Arm_Sling_Product_Manual.pdf?v=1614295268\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eDownload Product Manual\u003c\/strong\u003e\n  \u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"CHILD","offer_id":31488206602298,"sku":"C06IAZ-CH-BAG-ARM-SLG","price":34.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/Pouch_Arm_Sling_Child_Baggy_Immobilization_Support_Tynor_Australia_4.jpg?v=1594650214"},{"product_id":"c19-arm-cast-cover-water-protector","title":"Tynor Cast Cover Arm C19 | Waterproof Reusable Arm Cast Protector","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Cast Cover Arm is a waterproof protective sleeve designed to keep arm casts, bandages, dressings, and wound coverings completely dry during bathing, showering, and wet weather conditions. Featuring a watertight self-sealing diaphragm, reusable construction, and easy pull-on application, it provides reliable protection without tapes, knots, or straps. Available in a universal size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWaterproof protection\u003c\/strong\u003e — Helps keep casts, dressings, and wound coverings dry during bathing and showering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWatertight seal\u003c\/strong\u003e — Expandable rubber diaphragm automatically forms a comfortable leak-resistant seal around the arm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReusable design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Durable construction allows repeated use, offering a cost-effective alternative to disposable covers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy pull-on application\u003c\/strong\u003e — Simple to wear and remove without requiring tapes, knots, or additional fasteners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible transparent body\u003c\/strong\u003e — Soft, lightweight, and durable material comfortably accommodates casts, bandages, and dressings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-sealing mechanism\u003c\/strong\u003e — Rigid ring supports the diaphragm and maintains a secure waterproof barrier during use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Cast Cover Arm is designed to provide waterproof protection for arm casts, dressings, bandages, and wound coverings that must remain dry during daily hygiene activities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eArm cast protection during bathing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePost-operative dressing protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWound care management\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBandage moisture protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRain and wet weather protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLong-term cast recovery support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e This product is intended for showering, bathing, and hygiene purposes only. It is not designed for swimming, diving, or recreational water activities.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional. NDIS participants should \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e to confirm funding eligibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEnsure the cast, dressing, or bandage is properly secured before applying the cover.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eStretch the diaphragm opening carefully and slide the cover over the arm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003ePosition the sealing ring comfortably above the cast or dressing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eCheck that the diaphragm forms a complete watertight seal around the arm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eAfter bathing, remove carefully and allow the cover to dry before storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Cast Cover Arm C-19\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntegrated watertight sealing diaphragm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduct instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClean with mild soap and water after use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAllow to air dry completely before storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not expose to excessive heat or direct sunlight for prolonged periods\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eInspect regularly for tears or damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in a cool, dry place\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntended for bathing and showering purposes only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eNot suitable for swimming or recreational water activities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not place body weight on the sealing ring while submerged\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eExercise caution on wet surfaces as slipping may occur\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eAdult supervision is recommended when used by children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use if leakage, discomfort, or skin irritation occurs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eFollow all instructions provided with the product carefully\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this cover be used over an arm cast?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. The C-19 is specifically designed to protect arm casts, bandages, and dressings from water exposure during bathing and showering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the cover completely waterproof?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe self-sealing diaphragm creates a watertight seal that helps keep casts and dressings dry during normal showering and bathing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be reused?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. The durable construction allows repeated use throughout the recovery period.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I swim while wearing it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. The cover is intended for hygiene and showering purposes only and should not be used for swimming or water sports.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e C 19\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eSize Available:\u003c\/strong\u003e Universal\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Transparent\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC), Rubber Diaphragm, Polypropylene Ring\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eCertifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO 9001 · ISO 13485 · CE Marked · US FDA Registered\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies — Registered NDIS Provider\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eBulk \u0026amp; Institutional Orders:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for hospital, rehabilitation clinic, and healthcare supply pricing\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Manual:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/Cast_cover_Arm.pdf?1005\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003e\n  Download Product Manual\n\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31488206635066,"sku":"C19UIZ-UNI-ARM-CAST","price":29.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/Cast_Cover_Protector_Tynor_Australia-Waterproof-Child-unisex-1024x1024.jpg?v=1629298489"},{"product_id":"d02-ankle-brace-child","title":"Tynor Ankle Brace D02 Child | 4-Pronged Lace-Pull Ankle Immobilisation","description":"\u003cp\u003e\nThe Tynor Ankle Brace D-02 is an advanced ankle stabilisation brace designed to provide strong immobilisation, controlled support, and enhanced protection for injured or unstable ankles. Featuring a unique four-pronged support system, anatomical rigid splints, figure-of-eight straps, and an effortless lace-pull tightening mechanism, it delivers superior ankle stability while maintaining comfort and ease of use. Suitable for both left and right ankles. Available in sizes CH, S, M, L, and XL.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4-pronged immobilisation system\u003c\/strong\u003e — Combines rigid splints, lace-pull closure, figure-of-eight straps, and anatomical design for advanced ankle stabilisation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEffortless lace-pull tightening\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single-pull lace system allows quick application, easy adjustment, and customised compression.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnatomical rigid splints\u003c\/strong\u003e — Bilateral rigid supports help restrict inversion and eversion movements while improving ankle control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFigure-of-eight straps\u003c\/strong\u003e — Provides additional ligament support and helps protect against recurrent ankle sprains.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePadded comfort design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Soft spacer fabric lining offers cushioning and improves long-term wearing comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal left-right fit\u003c\/strong\u003e — Bilateral design allows use on either ankle for greater convenience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nThe Tynor Ankle Brace D-02 is designed to stabilise and support the ankle joint during injury recovery and rehabilitation. It may assist in the conservative management of:\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRecurrent ankle sprains\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChronic ligament injuries\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTendon and ligament strains\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePost-operative ankle rehabilitation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePost-cast recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAnkle instability during sporting activities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e This brace provides strong ankle immobilisation and support. Always use under the supervision of a qualified healthcare professional to ensure proper fitting and treatment suitability.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\nUse under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional. Proper fitting and strap adjustment are important to achieve optimal support and comfort.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOpen all straps and loosen the lace system completely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eSlide the foot into the brace and ensure the heel sits snugly within the heel opening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eAdjust the rigid splints so they align correctly along both sides of the ankle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eTighten the lace-pull system from bottom to top until comfortable compression is achieved.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eWrap the figure-of-eight straps around the ankle and secure firmly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eFasten the top strap and check that the ankle feels secure without restricting circulation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Ankle Brace D-02\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntegrated lace-pull closure system\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRigid anatomical splints\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFigure-of-eight stabilisation straps\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduct instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClose hook-and-loop fasteners before washing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHand wash with mild detergent below 30°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not bleach, iron, wring, or dry clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDry flat in shade away from direct heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in a cool, dry place\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse only under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek medical advice if numbness, pain, swelling, rash, or circulation issues occur\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not overtighten laces or straps as excessive compression may restrict blood flow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor before concurrent use with other orthopaedic devices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eImproper use may reduce effectiveness or delay recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eFollow all instructions supplied with the product carefully\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Tynor Ankle Brace D-02 used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt is designed to provide strong ankle stabilisation and immobilisation for ligament injuries, ankle sprains, rehabilitation, and sports-related instability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes the 4-pronged support system different?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt combines rigid splints, lace tightening, figure-of-eight straps, and anatomical support to maximise ankle stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be worn on either ankle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the bilateral design allows use on both the left and right ankle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for sports?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — it is commonly used by athletes requiring additional ankle protection and support during activity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e D 02\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSizes Available:\u003c\/strong\u003e CH, S, M, L, XL\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Grey\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Nylon fabric, Spacer fabric, Rigid anatomical splints, Polyester straps, Hook-and-loop fasteners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO 9001 · ISO 13485 · CE Marked · US FDA Registered\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies — Registered NDIS Provider\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBulk \u0026amp; Institutional Orders:\u003c\/strong\u003e Available for hospitals, clinics, physiotherapy centres, and healthcare providers\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/D_02_Ankle_Brace_User_Manual.pdf?v=1780321235\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Product Manual\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31488206700602,"sku":"D02ICZ-CH-ANK-BRC","price":59.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/Ankle_Brace_Immobilization_Support_Protection__Child_Size_Tynor_B1.jpg?v=1625675547"},{"product_id":"tynor-patellar-support-d19-knee-support-australia","title":"Tynor Patellar Support D19 | Patella Knee Strap Australia","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Patellar Support D19 is a lightweight patella support strap designed to help provide focused pressure around the patellar tendon while assisting comfort and stability during physical activity. Featuring an anatomically shaped silicone pad, adjustable hook-and-loop fastening system, and durable neoprene construction, it is designed to provide targeted support without restricting movement. The compact low-profile design is suitable for sports, exercise, walking, training, and everyday use. Supplied in Australia by an NDIS registered provider.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnatomical silicone insert\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed to apply focused support and distribute pressure evenly for improved comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNeoprene body construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — Soft and durable material designed for flexibility, cushioning, and long-lasting wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable hook-and-loop straps\u003c\/strong\u003e — Allows customised compression and a secure fit during activity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow-profile lightweight design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Slim construction intended for comfortable everyday and sports use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced compression support\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed to assist stability while maintaining functional movement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBreathable inner lining\u003c\/strong\u003e — Intended to assist comfort during prolonged wear and physical activity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy application\u003c\/strong\u003e — Simple wrap-around design allows quick fitting and adjustment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMay assist in supporting and managing discomfort associated with:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePatellar tendon strain\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePatellofemoral discomfort\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRunner’s knee\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eJumper’s knee\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSports-related knee discomfort\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMild instability during activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOveruse discomfort associated with repetitive movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlways use under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional. NDIS participants should \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e to confirm funding eligibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOpen the hook-and-loop fasteners completely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003ePlace the support just below the kneecap with the silicone insert positioned over the patellar tendon.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eWrap the strap around the leg and secure the fastening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eAdjust compression for a secure and comfortable fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eEnsure circulation is not restricted during wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Patellar Support D19\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduct instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHand wash only using mild detergent below 30°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not wring after washing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDry flat in shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not bleach, iron, or dry clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep hook-and-loop closures secured during washing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse under the supervision of a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not overtighten as excessive compression may reduce comfort or circulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek medical advice if irritation, rash, numbness, swelling, or increased pain occurs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eConsult your healthcare professional before using alongside another medical device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eImproper fitting or misuse may reduce effectiveness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eFollow all instructions supplied with the product carefully\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Tynor Patellar Support D19 used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe D19 Patellar Support is designed to help provide focused support around the patellar tendon and assist stability during sports, exercise, and routine activity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this support be worn during sports?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the lightweight low-profile design is intended for use during running, walking, gym training, and other physical activities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the support adjustable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the hook-and-loop fastening system allows adjustable compression and customised fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I claim this product through NDIS?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAustralian Healthcare Supplies is a registered NDIS provider. This product may be eligible under relevant support categories depending on your plan. Please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e for assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e D19\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e Universal \/ Adjustable\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Neoprene, Nylon, Spandex, Silicone, TPE\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO 9001 · ISO 13485 · ISO 45001 · CE Marked · US FDA Registered · W.H.O. GMP\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEC Representative:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT Promedt Consulting GmbH, Germany\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies, Perth WA — Registered NDIS Provider\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBulk \u0026amp; Institutional Orders:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for clinic, hospital, and wholesale enquiries\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"#\" title=\"Tynor Patellar Support D19 User Manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Product Manual (PDF)\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Universal","offer_id":31488206733370,"sku":"D19UBZ-UNI-PATL-SUP","price":19.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/tynor-patella-band-black-knee-support-australia.webp?v=1778774701"},{"product_id":"d26-ankle-splint","title":"Tynor Ankle Splint D26 | Rigid Foam-Padded Ankle Immobilisation Splint","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Ankle Splint (D-26) is a rigid, foam-padded ankle immobiliser designed to hold the ankle in a stable position and limit movement during injury management and recovery. A lightweight polypropylene-copolymer outer shell delivers firm immobilisation, while a high-density foam lining and a cushiony heel piece keep the splint comfortable, and in-built depressions cradle the ankle bones (malleoli) for a secure, anatomical fit. Lateral hook-and-loop straps make it easy to apply and adjust, and it can be worn on either ankle. One universal size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRigid outer shell\u003c\/strong\u003e — A lightweight, durable polypropylene-copolymer shell provides firm immobilisation and stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFoam padding\u003c\/strong\u003e — High-density foam pads line the shell for comfortable cushioning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCushiony heel piece\u003c\/strong\u003e — A soft heel piece supports correct heel placement and comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnatomical ankle cradle\u003c\/strong\u003e — In-built depressions cradle the ankle's bony prominences for a secure fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable hook-and-loop straps\u003c\/strong\u003e — Lateral closures fasten securely for a snug, customised fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits either ankle\u003c\/strong\u003e — Universal design suits most ankle sizes and works on the left or right.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Ankle Splint is intended to immobilise and stabilise the ankle during injury management and recovery, under the direction of a qualified healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnkle instability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnkle fractures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChronic or recurrent ankle sprains\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTendon or ligament repairs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwelling and inflammation of the ankle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-operative ankle support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-cast rehabilitation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a Level 3\/5 immobilisation splint. Strap tension and duration of use should follow the advice of a qualified healthcare professional — tighten for a secure fit without restricting blood flow to the foot.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional. Ensure the straps are firm but not so tight that they impair circulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnfasten the hook-and-loop closures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the foam pads inside the shells.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRest the foot on the heel piece so the shells sit snugly around the ankle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjust the splint so the bony prominences of your ankle fit into the corresponding depressions in the shells.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure the straps for a snug, comfortable fit — firm but not too tight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Ankle Splint (D-26)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable foam pads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe with a moist, lint-free cloth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not dry-clean, iron or bleach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore in a dry place away from direct heat and sunlight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse only under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek medical advice if you experience impaired sensation, reduced blood flow, allergic rash or itching, or if pain persists or worsens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTighten the straps for a secure fit without restricting blood flow to the foot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor before using this device alongside another medical device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMisuse or improper fitting may cause adverse effects and reduce effectiveness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the instructions provided on the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Ankle Splint used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt immobilises and stabilises the ankle to support recovery from sprains, fractures, instability and post-operative care, as directed by a healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nOne universal size, suitable for an ankle circumference of about 18–30 cm, worn on either ankle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow rigid is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt provides firm, rigid immobilisation (Level 3\/5) via a hard outer shell, while foam padding keeps it comfortable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should it fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSecure the lateral straps so the splint is snug with the ankle bones seated in the moulded depressions — firm, but not tight enough to restrict circulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e D 26\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e Universal (ankle circumference approx. 18–30 cm)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFitting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Either ankle (left or right)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyamide, Polyester, Polyurethane (PU), Polypropylene Copolymer (PPCP), Polyoxymethylene\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLevel of Immobilisation:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\/5\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/D26-Product-manual-Ankle_splint.pdf?v=1780530396\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDownload Product Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31488206766138,"sku":"D26UCZ-UNI-ANKL-SPLT","price":64.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/ankle-splint-universal-size-250644-default.jpg?v=1626546851"},{"product_id":"e06-wrist-brace-with-thumb","title":"Tynor Wrist Brace with Thumb E06 | Anatomical Thumb Opening Wrist Support","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Wrist Brace with Thumb (E-06) is a wrap-around wrist brace with an anatomical thumb opening that firmly supports and stabilises the wrist and palm while leaving the thumb and fingers free to move. Made from a three-layered, neoprene-bonded four-way-stretch fabric with a porous, skin-friendly orthopaedic webbing, it wraps around the wrist and fastens with hook-and-loop closures for customised, controllable compression. It compresses and retains gentle body heat for comforting warmth around the joint. One universal size; fits either wrist.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWrap-around design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Wraps around the wrist and fastens with hook-and-loop closures for customised compression and a personalised fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced wrist stability\u003c\/strong\u003e — Firmly supports and stabilises the wrist and palm during movement and activity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnatomical thumb opening\u003c\/strong\u003e — A contoured thumb opening makes the brace easy to wear and keeps the thumb and fingers free to move.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour-way-stretch fabric\u003c\/strong\u003e — A neoprene-bonded, four-way-stretch construction moulds comfortably to the wrist.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBreathable \u0026amp; skin-friendly\u003c\/strong\u003e — Porous orthopaedic webbing is gentle on the skin and comfortable for longer wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComforting warmth\u003c\/strong\u003e — Retains gentle body heat to add soothing warmth around the wrist.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Wrist Brace with Thumb is intended to provide compression, support and stability to the wrist while allowing free thumb and finger movement, under the direction of a qualified healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrist sprains and strains\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrist instability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrist tendonitis and overuse conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrist arthritis and joint stiffness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBursitis of the wrist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtective support during sport and exercise\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e This brace provides compression and support; it is not a rigid immobiliser. For the correct level of support and duration of use, follow the advice of a qualified healthcare professional. Fasten firmly but not so tightly that it restricts circulation.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional. Position the thumb through the opening and fasten for comfortable support without restricting circulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpen the hook-and-loop closures and place your thumb through the anatomical thumb opening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrap the brace around the wrist and palm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjust for comfortable, even compression.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFasten the hook-and-loop closures for a snug, secure fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Wrist Brace with Thumb (E-06)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the hook-and-loop straps before washing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand wash with mild detergent in water below 30°C; do not wring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry flat in the shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not dry-clean, iron or bleach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse only under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek medical advice if you experience impaired sensation, reduced blood flow, allergic rash or itching, or if pain persists or worsens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFasten firmly but not so tightly that it restricts circulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor before using this device alongside another medical device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMisuse or improper fitting may cause adverse effects and reduce effectiveness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the instructions provided on the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Wrist Brace with Thumb used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt supports and stabilises the wrist while keeping the thumb free — for wrist sprains, tendonitis, arthritis, bursitis and during sport, as directed by a healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it restrict the thumb?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo — the anatomical thumb opening keeps the thumb and fingers free to move.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it rigid?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo — it is a compressive, supportive elastic brace, not a rigid immobiliser.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nOne universal size; fits either wrist.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e E 06\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e Universal\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFitting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Either wrist\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Three-layered neoprene-bonded four-way-stretch fabric and nylon, with hook-and-loop closures\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/E06-Product-manual-Wrist_Brace_with_Thumb.pdf?v=1780530334\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDownload Product Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31488207028282,"sku":"E06KAZ-UNI-WRST-BR-THMB","price":19.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/Wrist-brace-with-brace-thumb-Tynor_2022_4.jpg?v=1635514728"},{"product_id":"f04-frog-splint","title":"Tynor Frog Splint F04 | Frog Design Aluminium Finger Splint","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Frog Splint (F-04) is a lightweight aluminium finger splint with a distinctive \"frog\" shape that cradles the finger from both sides and holds it in a slightly bent, natural resting position. Designed to immobilise, support and protect injured fingers and the interphalangeal (IP) joints, it provides firm (Level 5\/5) stabilisation while a soft, hypoallergenic Ethafoam lining keeps it comfortable against the skin. The malleable aluminium arms can be bent to the finger for a secure fit — with no taping needed — and the open design does not restrict your other fingers. Available in sizes S, M and L by finger length.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminium body\u003c\/strong\u003e — A lightweight yet sturdy aluminium body delivers strong, Level 5\/5 immobilisation and stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEthafoam padding\u003c\/strong\u003e — A soft, hypoallergenic foam lining provides high cushioning and comfortable wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight \u0026amp; compact\u003c\/strong\u003e — Light, sleek and well ventilated, comfortable for everyday wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrog shape\u003c\/strong\u003e — The signature frog shape supports the finger securely on both sides and holds it in a natural resting position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMalleable arms\u003c\/strong\u003e — Bendable arms shape to the finger for a snug fit and eliminate the need for taping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpen design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Supports the injured finger without restricting movement of the others.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Frog Splint is intended to immobilise, support and protect an injured finger and its interphalangeal joints in a natural resting position, under the direction of a qualified healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinger fractures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinger dislocations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLigament injuries of the finger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMallet finger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBoutonnière deformity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinger arthritis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther soft-tissue finger injuries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-surgical finger care\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a Level 5\/5 (high) immobilisation splint. Fitting, shaping and duration of use should follow the advice of a qualified healthcare professional.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional. Any bending of the arms to fit should be done as advised by your clinician.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the splint around the injured finger, with the flat side under the finger and the arms on either side.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlign the bent angle of the splint with the natural curve of the finger.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply even pressure on the side arms to achieve a snug, secure fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Frog Splint (F-04)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean with a moist, lint-free cloth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry flat in the shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not dry-clean, iron or bleach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse only under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny bending of the arms to fit should be done as advised by your clinician\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek medical advice if you experience impaired sensation, reduced blood flow, allergic rash or itching, or if pain persists or worsens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor before using this device alongside another medical device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMisuse or improper fitting may cause adverse effects and reduce effectiveness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the instructions provided on the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Frog Splint used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt immobilises and supports an injured finger and its interphalangeal joints — for conditions such as fractures, dislocations, mallet finger, boutonnière deformity or after surgery — as directed by a healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is it different from a straight finger splint?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIts frog shape cradles the finger from both sides and holds it in a slightly bent, natural position, giving firm Level 5\/5 support without taping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need taping?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo — the malleable arms bend to grip the finger securely, so no taping is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I choose the right size?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSizing is by finger length: S 3.8–5.1 cm (1.5–2 in), M 5.1–7.6 cm (2–3 in), L 7.6–10.2 cm (3–4 in).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e F 04\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e S, M, L (by finger length — S: 3.8–5.1 cm, M: 5.1–7.6 cm, L: 7.6–10.2 cm)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium, Polyethylene foam (Ethafoam), Polyamide\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLevel of Immobilisation:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5\/5\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/F04-Product-manual-Frog_Splint.pdf?v=1780530335\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDownload Product Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Small","offer_id":31488207126586,"sku":"F04ADZ-SML-FROG-SPLT","price":14.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Medium","offer_id":31807498518586,"sku":"F04BDZ-MED-FROG-SPLT","price":14.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Large","offer_id":31807498551354,"sku":"F04CDZ-LRG-FROG-SPLT","price":14.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/Tynor_Frog_Splint_Injured_Finger_phalangeal_Joint_Immobilization_5.jpg?v=1628543141"},{"product_id":"f02-finger-cot-unisex","title":"Tynor Finger Cot Splint F02 | Finger Support","description":"\u003c!-- SEO\nPage title: Tynor Finger Cot Splint (F02) | Ventilated Finger Immobilisation Support | AHS\nMeta description: Tynor Finger Cot (F02) is a lightweight, ventilated finger splint designed to help protect and rest an injured finger. Available in S, M, L. Supplied by Australian Healthcare Supplies, a registered NDIS provider in Perth WA.\nKeywords: tynor finger cot, finger cot splint, F02, mallet finger splint, finger immobilisation, frog splint, finger fracture support\n--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Finger Cot is a lightweight, moulded finger splint designed to help restrict movement and protect a finger that needs rest after an injury or procedure. Made from strong, perforated polymer, its ergonomic shell cradles the finger along its length while the inbuilt provision for taping holds it securely in place. The ventilated design is designed to provide a low-profile, breathable fit, and the splint is available in three sizes to suit different finger lengths. Supplied by Australian Healthcare Supplies, a registered NDIS provider based in Perth, Western Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMoulded from strong, perforated polymer, designed to help protect and rest the finger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight yet sturdy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eErgonomic shell that cradles the finger along its length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInbuilt provision for taping for a secure hold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWell ventilated to support breathability and comfort\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to apply and remove\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGentle on skin and easy to clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in three sizes (S, M, L)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMay assist in managing discomfort associated with the following conditions:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMallet finger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinger (phalangeal) fractures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-operative finger immobilisation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinger sprains and strains\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinger injuries requiring rest and protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelect the size that best matches the affected finger.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlide the splint over the finger so it cradles the length of the finger.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure with tape or strapping for a snug but comfortable fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck that circulation is not restricted; loosen if the finger feels tight or tingly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply and remove as directed by your healthcare professional.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Tynor Finger Cot (F02)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x User manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean with a moist, lint-free cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry in the shade on a flat surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not dry-clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not iron.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not bleach.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlways consult a qualified doctor before use, and seek medical advice if discomfort or symptoms persist or worsen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor in the case of concurrent use with any other medical device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMisuse or improper use of the device can lead to adverse effects and reduced performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the instructions provided in the box carefully.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Tynor Finger Cot designed to do?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is a lightweight splint designed to help restrict movement and protect a finger that needs rest, such as after an injury or procedure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I choose the right size?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe Finger Cot is available in Small, Medium and Large. Choose the size that best matches the length of the affected finger; your healthcare professional can advise if you are unsure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long should I wear it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWear time varies between individuals. Follow the wearing schedule advised by your treating doctor or therapist.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I keep it clean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWipe with a moist, lint-free cloth and allow it to dry in the shade on a flat surface. Do not machine wash, iron or bleach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e F02\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSizes Available:\u003c\/strong\u003e Small, Medium, Large\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO 9001 · ISO 13485 · ISO 45001 · US FDA Registered · CE Marked · W.H.O. GMP\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEC Representative:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT Promedt Consulting GmbH, Ernst-Heckel-Straße 7, 66386 St. Ingbert, Germany\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies, Perth WA — registered NDIS provider\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBulk orders:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"mailto:sam@tynor.com.au\"\u003eContact our team for bulk or NDIS pricing\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/F02-Finger-Cot-Small-Size-User-Manual.pdf?v=1780325619\" title=\"Tynor Finger Cot user manual\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Manual (PDF)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Small","offer_id":31488207454266,"sku":"F02ADZ-SML-FNGR-COT","price":14.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Medium","offer_id":31807498453050,"sku":"F02BDZ-MED-FNGR-COT","price":14.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Large","offer_id":31807498485818,"sku":"F02CDZ-LRG-FNGR-COT","price":14.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/Tynor_Finger_Cot_Splint_Sprain_Fracture_Laceration_6.jpg?v=1595517003"},{"product_id":"f06-thumb-spica-splint","title":"Tynor Thumb Spica Splint F06 | Thumb \u0026 Wrist Support","description":"\u003c!-- SEO\nTitle: Tynor Thumb Spica Splint F06 | Thumb \u0026 Wrist Support AU\nMeta description: Tynor Thumb Spica Splint F06: malleable aluminium splint supporting the thumb while keeping the hand free. For De Quervain's, thumb arthritis and sprains. NDIS provider.\nURL handle: f06-thumb-spica-splint\nKeywords: thumb spica splint, thumb support brace, De Quervain's splint, gamekeeper's thumb, thumb arthritis brace, Tynor F06, thumb splint Australia\nGoogle Ads headlines (max 30 chars): Thumb Spica Splint | Tynor Thumb Splint F06 | Thumb Support Brace | NDIS Thumb Splint\nGoogle Ads descriptions (max 90 chars): Malleable thumb spica splint with aluminium stay. Universal, ambidextrous fit. | Thumb support for arthritis, De Quervain's and sprains. From a registered NDIS provider.\n--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Thumb Spica Splint (F06) is designed to support the thumb in a comfortable, functional position while leaving the fingers and hand free to move. A removable, malleable aluminium splint can be moulded to the contour of your thumb to set the required degree of abduction, designed to support the carpometacarpal (CMC) and metacarpophalangeal (MCP) joints of the thumb. Made from breathable, three-layered PUF-fused fabric with hook-and-loop closures and a reverse-buckle wristband, it is sleek, comfortable for extended wear and easy to apply on either hand. Supplied by Australian Healthcare Supplies, a registered NDIS provider based in Perth, Western Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable, malleable aluminium splint that moulds to the thumb to set the required degree of abduction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned to support the thumb's CMC and MCP joints while leaving the fingers and hand free.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBreathable, three-layered PUF-fused fabric for durable, comfortable everyday wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReverse-buckle wristband for easy, comfortable and adjustable compression.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHook-and-loop closures for quick self-application and removal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmbidextrous design that can be worn on either hand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMay assist in managing discomfort associated with the following conditions:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDe Quervain's tenosynovitis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThumb osteoarthritis (CMC\/basal joint)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGamekeeper's or skier's thumb (UCL sprain)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThumb sprains and strains\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRepetitive strain from texting, gaming or work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-cast and post-injury thumb support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnfasten the hook-and-loop closures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the aluminium splint out of the splint pocket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMould the splint to the contour of the thumb to set the required degree of abduction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the customised splint back into the splint pocket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrap the wristband around the wrist and fasten the hook-and-loop closures (reverse buckle) to a comfortable compression.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlign the thumb portion and fasten the hook-and-loop closures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Thumb Spica Splint (F06)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the hook-and-loop fasteners before washing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand wash with a mild detergent in water below 30°C; do not wring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry flat in the shade.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not dry-clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not iron.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not bleach.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse this product under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek advice from a qualified doctor if you notice impaired sensation, impaired blood flow, allergy, rash or itching, or if pain increases or persists.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor before using this device alongside another medical device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMisuse or improper use can lead to adverse effects and reduced effectiveness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the instructions provided on the box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich hand does it fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEither. The ambidextrous design can be worn on the left or right hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I shape the splint?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The aluminium splint is removable and malleable, so it can be moulded to set the thumb abduction you need.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it restrict my fingers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. It is designed to support the thumb while leaving the fingers and hand free to move.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size does it come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUniversal, with an adjustable hook-and-loop wristband (refer to the size chart).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Code: F06\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSizes Available: Universal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDevice Classification: Class I Medical Device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCertifications: ISO 9001 · ISO 13485 · ISO 45001 · US FDA Registered · CE Marked · W.H.O. GMP\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterials: Three-layered PUF-fused fabric, aluminium splint, hook-and-loop closures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEC Representative: MT Promedt Consulting GmbH, Ernst-Heckel-Straße 7, 66386 St. Ingbert, Germany\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAustralian Supplier: Australian Healthcare Supplies, Perth WA — registered NDIS provider\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBulk \u0026amp; wholesale orders: \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@tynor.com.au\"\u003econtact our team\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/Thumb_Spica_Splint-Manual.pdf?5018\" title=\"Tynor Thumb Spica Splint User Manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload the Product Manual (PDF)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"UNIVERSAL","offer_id":31488207487034,"sku":"F06UCZ-UNI-TMB-SPICA","price":29.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/Tynor_Thumb_Spica_Splint_F06.webp?v=1781226233"},{"product_id":"i44-hot-cold-pack","title":"Tynor Hot \u0026 Cold Pack I44 | Gel Bead Flexible Therapy Pack","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Hot \u0026amp; Cold Pack (I-44) is a versatile, reusable gel-bead pack that delivers both warming and cooling therapy in a single product. Filled with soft hydrophilic gel beads inside a flexible, leakproof TPU pouch, it conforms closely to almost any body part — knee, ankle, shoulder, back, hip or elbow — and holds its temperature for lasting relief. Chill it in the freezer for cooling comfort, or warm it in the microwave or hot water for soothing heat. A soft, removable fabric cover with an elastic strap protects the skin from hot or cold burns and holds the pack hands-free against the body. One universal size (25 × 17 cm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible pouch\u003c\/strong\u003e — A soft, flexible TPU pouch conforms closely to the contours of the body.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGel beads\u003c\/strong\u003e — Hydrophilic gel beads hold the required hot or cold temperature for longer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure sealing\u003c\/strong\u003e — High-quality sealing keeps the pouch leakproof and durable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHot \u0026amp; cold therapy\u003c\/strong\u003e — One reusable pack switches easily between warming heat and cooling cold therapy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft fabric cover\u003c\/strong\u003e — A plush, removable cover shields the skin from hot or cold burns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElastic strap\u003c\/strong\u003e — Holds the pack securely and hands-free on a range of body parts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Hot \u0026amp; Cold Pack is intended to provide warming (heat) or cooling (cold) therapy for comfort and support, under the direction of a qualified healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCold therapy can be used for:\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMinor swelling and soft-tissue injuries (sprains, strains, bruises)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooling relief after an acute injury\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-surgical cooling comfort\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eHeat therapy can be used for:\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMuscle stiffness, tension and fatigue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJoint and arthritic discomfort\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBack pain and general muscle soreness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e Always use the pack inside its fabric cover. For heat, check the temperature before applying and never overheat. Cold and heat therapy are not suitable for everyone — see the cautions below and check with your doctor if you have a medical condition.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eFor cold therapy:\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the gel pack in the freezer (around 0 °C) for at least one hour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePut the chilled pack inside its fabric cover and apply to the affected area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eFor heat therapy (microwave):\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLay the gel pouch flat in the microwave and heat for 45 seconds at 800 W.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the temperature; if needed, reheat in 10-second intervals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePut the pack inside its fabric cover and apply to the affected area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eFor heat therapy (hot water):\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeat water to boiling, then remove it from the heat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the pouch in the water for about 10 minutes until it reaches the desired temperature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePut the pack inside its fabric cover and apply to the affected area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Hot \u0026amp; Cold Pack (I-44) gel-bead pouch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoft fabric cover with elastic strap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlways use the pack inside its fabric cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand wash the cover with mild detergent in water below 30 °C; do not wring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry flat in the shade; do not dry-clean, iron or bleach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep away from sharp edges and avoid dropping on hard surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlways use the pack inside its cloth cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the microwave wattage carefully — heating time varies with wattage; reheat only in short intervals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNever place the gel pouch in a conventional oven or toaster, or near extreme or direct heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot suitable for people with conditions such as rheumatoid arthritis, Raynaud's syndrome, cold-allergic conditions, paralysis or areas of impaired sensation — seek medical advice first\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTake extra care if you have difficulty sensing heat or cold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor post-surgical use, follow your doctor's instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf the gel contacts the skin or eyes, rinse immediately with water; if irritation or redness persists, consult a doctor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use if the pouch is punctured or damaged\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not sit or lie on the pack (excess weight may rupture it)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek advice if you experience impaired sensation, reduced blood flow, allergic rash or itching, or if pain persists or worsens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used hot and cold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — freeze it for cold therapy, or warm it in the microwave or hot water for heat therapy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I heat it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIn the microwave (about 45 seconds at 800 W, then 10-second intervals if needed) or in hot water for around 10 minutes. Always check the temperature and use the cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it stay hot or cold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe gel beads are designed to retain temperature for an extended time, and it can be re-frozen or re-heated and reused.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can I use it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nOn most body parts — knee, ankle, shoulder, back, hip or elbow — held in place with the elastic strap.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e I 44\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e Universal (approx. 25 × 17 cm)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Range:\u003c\/strong\u003e approximately 0 °C to 75 °C\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pouch — TPU; Gel beads — Sodium Polyacrylate, Glycerine; Cover — Polyamide, Polyester, PET, Rubber, Polypropylene\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/I44-Product-manual-Hot_Cold_Pack.pdf?v=1780530012\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDownload Product Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31488207519802,"sku":"I44UBG-UNI-HOT-COL-PCK","price":49.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/Hot-cold-pack-tyor18-01_2000x_063c1ab0-b8ba-4c90-bc8c-820f29580bd3.jpg?v=1664350169"},{"product_id":"i46-lumbar-support-back-seat","title":"Tynor Back Rest Full I46 | Ergonomic Full Back Support Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Back Rest Full (I-46) is a lightweight, portable back support cushion designed to support the natural curve of the spine and encourage a comfortable, upright sitting posture. Rather than being worn, it's simply placed against the backrest of a car seat, office or dining chair, bed or sofa, where its anatomically contoured shape conforms to the profile of your back and supports the lower back's natural curve. Moulded from high-density (50 kg\/m³) polyurethane foam, it gives firm, resilient, long-lasting support, and elasticised holding straps secure it to most seats. The removable, washable plush cover keeps it fresh and looks at home in the car or office. Universal size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eErgonomic design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Anatomically contoured to follow the profile of your back and support the spine's natural curve for optimal sitting support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced sitting comfort\u003c\/strong\u003e — High-density (50 kg\/m³) polyurethane foam gives firm, resilient cushioning for comfortable support during long periods of sitting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable elastic strap\u003c\/strong\u003e — Elasticised holding straps secure the back rest to most car seats and chairs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaintains spine alignment\u003c\/strong\u003e — Encourages a neutral spine position and supports an upright posture while seated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWashable plush cover\u003c\/strong\u003e — A removable, washable cover keeps the back rest hygienic and looks smart in the car or office.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight \u0026amp; portable\u003c\/strong\u003e — Light (about 1 kg) and easy to move between the car, office and home.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Back Rest Full is intended to support the natural curve of the spine and encourage comfortable, upright sitting, as advised by a healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosture support during long hours of sitting or travelling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport for the lower back's natural curve while seated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComfort in the car, office, at home or while resting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps absorb jerks and vibrations while travelling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-operative or post-injury back support, as directed by your healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e Match the curve of the back rest to the curve of your spine for the best support. This cushion supports comfortable sitting but does not replace medical treatment — if you're using it for a specific condition, or have post-operative or post-injury needs, check with your doctor or physiotherapist first.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse freely for general sitting support; for use with a specific condition, follow the advice of a qualified healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the back rest against the backrest of your chair or car seat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure it using the elasticised straps so it sits firmly in place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition it so its curve matches the curve of your lower back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSit back so your spine rests comfortably against the support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Back Rest Full (I-46)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable washable cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the cover to wash; follow the care label\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand or machine wash the cover as directed; air dry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpot-clean the foam only — do not soak or machine wash the foam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep away from direct heat and sharp objects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse as advised by a qualified healthcare professional if using for a specific condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis cushion supports comfortable sitting but is not a treatment for any medical condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek advice if you experience impaired sensation, reduced blood flow, allergic rash or itching, or if discomfort persists or worsens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor before using alongside another medical device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure the straps so the back rest doesn't slip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the instructions provided on the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the I-46 Back Rest used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt supports the natural curve of the spine and encourages comfortable, upright sitting during long periods at a desk, in the car or at home, as advised by a healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it worn?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo — it is placed against the backrest of a seat and secured with elastic straps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it fit my chair?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe elasticised straps fit most car seats and chairs. Dimensions: 48.3 × 38.6 × 10.7 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the cover washable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the plush cover is removable and washable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e I 46\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e Universal\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 48.3 × 38.6 × 10.7 cm\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approximately 1.04 kg\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-density (50 kg\/m³) polyurethane foam, washable plush cover\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/I46-Product-manual-Back_Rest_Full.pdf?v=1780530099\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDownload Product Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31488207618106,"sku":"I46UBZ-UNI-BAK-RST-FUL","price":134.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/AHS-back-rest-brace-tynor-www.tynor.com.au-1.jpg?v=1677056955"},{"product_id":"j15-knee-wrap-hinged-neoprene","title":"Tynor Hinged Knee Wrap J15 | Neoprene Support","description":"\u003c!-- SEO\nTitle: Tynor Hinged Knee Wrap J15 | Neoprene Support AU\nMeta description: Tynor J15 Hinged Knee Wrap in four-way-stretch neoprene with aluminium side hinges and patellar opening. Sizes S to XXL. Supplied by a registered NDIS provider in Perth WA.\nURL handle: j15-knee-wrap-hinged-neoprene\nKeywords: hinged knee brace Australia, neoprene knee support, knee brace with hinges, patellar support brace, Tynor Australia, orthopaedic support Australia, NDIS healthcare products, rehabilitation support\nGoogle Ads headlines (max 30 chars): Hinged Neoprene Knee Wrap | Tynor J15 Knee Brace | Warm Neoprene Support | NDIS Knee Support AU\nGoogle Ads descriptions (max 90 chars): Neoprene knee wrap with aluminium hinges and patellar opening. Sizes S to XXL. | Wrap-around knee support supplied by a registered NDIS provider in Perth WA.\n--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eTynor Hinged Knee Wrap J15\u003c\/strong\u003e is a wrap-around neoprene knee support built around aluminium side hinges, designed to help provide firm lateral support while allowing natural flexion of the knee joint. The four-way-stretch neoprene fabric offers adjustable compression and retains body heat for comfortable warmth around the knee. An anterior patellar opening with a silicone buttress helps position the kneecap, while the hook-and-loop wrap-around design allows easy application and customised compression. Available in sizes S, M, L, XL and XXL. Supplied by Australian Healthcare Supplies, a registered NDIS provider based in Perth, Western Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade from three-layer neoprene-bonded nylon fabric with a four-way stretch for adjustable compression, comfort and grip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAluminium hinged side splints designed to provide lateral stability while allowing supportive movement through the knee's range of motion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnterior patellar opening with silicone buttress to help support and position the patella.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrap-around design with a hook-and-loop closing system for easy fitting and customised compression.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNeoprene construction retains body heat to provide comfortable warmth to the applied area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWide range of sizes to help support a comfortable fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMay assist in managing discomfort associated with the following conditions:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeak or unstable knees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOsteoarthritis and joint stiffness of the knee\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePatellar tracking discomfort and patellar dislocation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLigament and tendon strain of the knee (ACL, PCL, MCL, LCL)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-operative and post-cast recovery, under professional guidance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral support during sport and physical activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpen the wrap and position it around the knee with the patellar opening over the kneecap.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrap the panels around the knee and secure the hook-and-loop straps to a comfortable, firm level of compression.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck that the hinges sit at the sides of the knee joint and adjust as needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the product while sleeping unless advised otherwise by your healthcare professional.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Tynor Hinged Knee Wrap J15 (Neoprene)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand wash in cold water with mild detergent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not bleach, iron or machine dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry flat in shade, away from direct heat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse this product under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek advice if you experience impaired sensation, impaired blood flow, allergy, rash, itching, or if discomfort persists or worsens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor before concurrent use with any other medical device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease check with your doctor, physiotherapist, or healthcare professional to confirm this product is suitable for your condition and correct sizing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the knee wrap have hinges?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. It has aluminium hinged side splints designed to provide lateral stability while allowing natural knee flexion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there an opening for the kneecap?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. An anterior patellar opening with a silicone buttress helps support and position the patella.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat sizes are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSizes S, M, L, XL and XXL. Measuring mid-thigh circumference helps guide size selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be worn during activity?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The neoprene wrap is designed for support during daily activity and sport, subject to your healthcare professional's advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e J 15\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSizes Available:\u003c\/strong\u003e S, M, L, XL, XXL\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO 9001 · ISO 13485 · ISO 45001 · US FDA Registered · CE Marked · W.H.O. GMP\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Neoprene-bonded nylon fabric (three-layer), aluminium hinged splints, silicone patellar buttress, hook-and-loop closures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEC Representative:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT Promedt Consulting GmbH, Ernst-Heckel-Straße 7, 66386 St. Ingbert, Germany\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies, Perth WA — registered NDIS provider\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBulk \u0026amp; wholesale orders:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@tynor.com.au\"\u003esales@tynor.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Small","offer_id":31488209453114,"sku":"J15ACZ-SML-KNE-WRP-HING-NEO","price":104.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Medium","offer_id":31807498321978,"sku":"J15BCZ-MED-KNE-WRP-HING-NEO","price":104.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Large","offer_id":41125268586554,"sku":"J15CCZ-LRG-KNE-WRP-HING-NEO","price":104.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Extra Large","offer_id":41125268619322,"sku":"J15DCZ-XL-KNE-WRP-HING-NEO","price":104.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"XXL","offer_id":41125268652090,"sku":"J15ECZ-XXL-KNE-WRP-HING-NEO","price":104.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/knee-wrap-hinged-neoprene-orthopedic-support-01.webp?v=1765188257"},{"product_id":"j03-wrist-brace-with-thumb-neoprene","title":"Tynor Wrist Brace with Thumb J03 | Neoprene Wrist Support","description":"\u003c!-- SEO\nTitle: Tynor Wrist Brace with Thumb J03 | Neoprene Wrist Support AU\nMeta description: Tynor Wrist Brace with Thumb J03: neoprene wrist support with an anatomical thumb opening, designed to support the wrist while keeping fingers free. Universal size, NDIS provider.\nURL handle: j03-wrist-brace-with-thumb-neoprene\nKeywords: wrist brace with thumb, neoprene wrist support, thumb support brace, carpal tunnel wrist brace, Tynor J03, wrist brace Australia, NDIS wrist support\nGoogle Ads headlines (max 30 chars): Wrist \u0026 Thumb Brace | Tynor Wrist Brace J03 | Neoprene Wrist Support | NDIS Wrist Brace\nGoogle Ads descriptions (max 90 chars): Neoprene wrist brace with thumb opening. Universal size, adjustable fit. | Supportive wrist and thumb brace for everyday use. From a registered NDIS provider.\n--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Wrist Brace with Thumb (J03) is a neoprene wrist support with an anatomical thumb opening, designed to support and gently compress the wrist while leaving the thumb and fingers free to move. Made from stretchable, neoprene-bonded fabric, it is designed to provide optimal compression and comfort and retains body heat for soothing therapeutic warmth. The wrap-around design and broad hook-and-loop (UBL) closure allow a customised, secure fit and make the brace easy to put on and ta\u003cimg\u003eke off. Supplied by Australian Healthcare Supplies, a registered NDIS provider based in Perth, Western Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStretchable, neoprene-bonded nylon fabric designed for optimal compression and comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNeoprene retains body heat to provide soothing therapeutic warmth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnatomical thumb opening allows easy self-wearing and keeps the thumb and fingers free.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUBL closing system designed for a snug, secure fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHook-and-loop (Velcro) fasteners for a customised fit and easy application.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUniversal size to suit most wrists.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMay assist in managing discomfort associated with the following conditions:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCarpal tunnel syndrome\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTendonitis and tenosynovitis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrist arthritis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSprains and strains\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDislocation of the wrist joint\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-operative and post-cast care\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProphylactic support during sport and exercise\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnfasten the hook-and-loop closures and open the brace.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInsert the thumb through the anatomical thumb opening and wrap the brace around the wrist.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFasten the hook-and-loop closure to a comfortable level of compression.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Wrist Brace with Thumb (Neoprene)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the hook-and-loop fasteners before washing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand wash with a mild detergent in water below 30°C; do not wring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry flat in the shade.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not dry-clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not iron.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not bleach.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse this product under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek advice from a qualified doctor if you notice impaired sensation, impaired blood flow, allergy, rash or itching, or if pain increases or persists.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor before using this device alongside another medical device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMisuse or improper use can lead to adverse effects and reduced effectiveness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the instructions provided on the box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it fit the left or right hand?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The wrap-around design suits either hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it restrict my fingers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The anatomical thumb opening leaves the thumb and fingers free to move.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size does it come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUniversal — designed to fit a wrist circumference of 12.7–24.1 cm (5.0–9.5\"). Measure evenly around the wrist joint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I wear it during activity?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. It can be worn for support during everyday tasks and sport; use as directed by your healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Code: J03\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSizes Available: Universal — fits wrist circumference 12.7–24.1 cm (5.0–9.5\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport Level: 2\/5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDevice Classification: Class I Medical Device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCertifications: ISO 9001 · ISO 13485 · ISO 45001 · US FDA Registered · CE Marked · W.H.O. GMP\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterials: Polyamide, Neoprene, Elastane\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEC Representative: MT Promedt Consulting GmbH, Ernst-Heckel-Straße 7, 66386 St. Ingbert, Germany\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAustralian Supplier: Australian Healthcare Supplies, Perth WA — registered NDIS provider\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBulk \u0026amp; wholesale orders: \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@tynor.com.au\"\u003econtact our team\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/J03-Product-manual-Wrist_Brace_with_Thumb_Neoprene.pdf?v=1780530012\" title=\"Tynor Wrist Brace with Thumb User Manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload the Product Manual (PDF)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31488209485882,"sku":"J03UGZ-UNI-WRST-BR-THMB-NEO","price":24.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/Tynor_Wrist_brace_Thumb_Neoprene_Australia_Tendonitis_Tenosynovitis_Australia_3.jpg?v=1642341080"},{"product_id":"j04-wrist-wrap-neoprene","title":"Tynor Wrist Wrap J04 | Neoprene Wrist Support","description":"\u003c!-- SEO\nTitle: Tynor Wrist Wrap J04 | Neoprene Wrist Support AU\nMeta description: Tynor J04 neoprene wrist wrap with four-way-stretch fabric and a UBL wrap-around closure for adjustable compression and warmth. Universal size. Supplied by a registered NDIS provider, Perth WA.\nURL handle: j04-wrist-wrap-neoprene\nKeywords: wrist wrap Australia, neoprene wrist support, wrist brace, carpal tunnel support, Tynor Australia, orthopaedic support Australia, NDIS healthcare products, rehabilitation support\nGoogle Ads headlines (max 30 chars): Neoprene Wrist Wrap J04 | Tynor Wrist Support | Warm Wrist Compression | NDIS Wrist Support AU\nGoogle Ads descriptions (max 90 chars): Neoprene wrist wrap with four-way stretch and UBL closure. Universal size. | Wrap-around wrist support supplied by a registered NDIS provider in Perth WA.\n--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eTynor Wrist Wrap J04\u003c\/strong\u003e is a neoprene wrist support designed to help support and partially immobilise the wrist while providing adjustable compression. Made from four-way-stretch neoprene-bonded nylon fabric, it retains body heat for comfortable warmth and offers a firm, customisable grip around the wrist. The wrap-around design with an unbroken-loop (UBL) closing system allows easy application and removal, with flexible sizing to suit different wrists. Supplied in a Universal size. Supplied by Australian Healthcare Supplies, a registered NDIS provider based in Perth, Western Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade from three-layer neoprene-bonded nylon fabric with a four-way stretch for adjustable compression, comfort and grip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNeoprene construction retains body heat to provide comfortable therapeutic warmth to the wrist.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrap-around design with a versatile unbroken-loop (UBL) closing system for easy wearing and removal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllows customised compression and a firm grip for wrist support and stabilisation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible sizing for a comfortable fit on either wrist.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMay assist in managing discomfort associated with the following conditions:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrist sprains and strains\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCarpal tunnel syndrome and tendonitis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTenosynovitis of the wrist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoft-tissue strain and joint stiffness of the wrist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport during rest and during exercise or physical activity, under professional guidance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrap the support around the wrist at the desired position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure the UBL closure to a comfortable, firm level of compression.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjust the wrap as needed for grip and support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove if you experience numbness or discomfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Tynor Wrist Wrap J04 (Neoprene)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand wash in cold water with mild detergent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not bleach, iron or machine dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry flat in shade, away from direct heat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse this product under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek advice if discomfort or symptoms persist or worsen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor before concurrent use with any other medical device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease check with your doctor, physiotherapist, or healthcare professional to confirm this product is suitable for your condition and correct sizing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is the wrist wrap?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is supplied in a Universal size with a wrap-around design and flexible sizing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it keep the wrist warm?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The neoprene fabric retains body heat to provide comfortable therapeutic warmth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be worn on either wrist?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The wrap-around design fits either the left or right wrist.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it adjustable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The UBL closing system allows customised compression and a firm grip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e J 04\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSizes Available:\u003c\/strong\u003e Universal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO 9001 · ISO 13485 · ISO 45001 · US FDA Registered · CE Marked · W.H.O. GMP\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Neoprene-bonded nylon fabric (three-layer) with unbroken-loop (UBL) top layer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEC Representative:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT Promedt Consulting GmbH, Ernst-Heckel-Straße 7, 66386 St. Ingbert, Germany\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies, Perth WA — registered NDIS provider\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBulk \u0026amp; wholesale orders:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@tynor.com.au\"\u003esales@tynor.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31488209518650,"sku":"J04UGZ-UNI-WRST-WRP-NEO","price":24.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/Tynor_Australia_Wrist_Wrap_Neoprene_J04_Tendonitis_Tenosynovitis_4.jpg?v=1594744226"},{"product_id":"j12-ankle-support-neoprene","title":"Tynor Ankle Support Neoprene J12 | Heat Retention Neoprene Ankle Brace","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Ankle Support (Neoprene) (J-12) is a wrap-around neoprene ankle brace that provides compression, warmth and controlled support to a weak or injured ankle. A semi-rigid PE splint helps arrest inversion and eversion (side-to-side roll) while still allowing freedom in plantar flexion, giving controlled, supportive immobilisation where it's needed most. Made from a soft, four-way-stretch, three-layered neoprene that retains gentle warmth, it has anti-slip silicone bands to stop it slipping, a perforated rear for breathability, and a slim profile that fits inside a shoe. Its anatomical, bilateral design fits either the left or right ankle. One universal size (18–30 cm circumference).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSemi-rigid splint\u003c\/strong\u003e — A semi-rigid PE splint helps arrest inversion and eversion roll while allowing freedom in plantar flexion, for controlled support and immobilisation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits both ankles\u003c\/strong\u003e — An anatomical, bilaterally symmetrical design fits either the left or right ankle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePremium neoprene material\u003c\/strong\u003e — Soft, durable four-way-stretch neoprene retains gentle body heat for comforting warmth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnti-slip silicone bands\u003c\/strong\u003e — Silicone bands along key contact points help keep the brace in place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWrap-around design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Easy to put on and take off, with customised compression and a slim profile that fits inside a shoe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBreathable rear\u003c\/strong\u003e — Perforated at the rear for added aeration during wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Ankle Support is intended to provide compression, warmth and controlled support to a weak or injured ankle, under the direction of a qualified healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChronic ankle instability or laxity (loose ligaments)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnkle sprains and rollovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport during swelling (oedema)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtective support during high-impact sport and exercise\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport for ankles prone to repetitive injury\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-operative and post-cast ankle support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupportive compression for mild ankle osteoarthritis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fasten the straps for an intimate fit, but not so tightly that they restrict blood flow to the foot. For the correct level of support, follow the advice of a qualified healthcare professional.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpen the wrap-around brace and position it around the ankle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlign the semi-rigid splint along the sides of the ankle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrap the brace for even, comfortable compression.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFasten the closures for an intimate fit, without restricting blood flow to the foot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Ankle Support (Neoprene) (J-12)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose any straps before washing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand wash with mild detergent in water below 30°C; do not wring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry flat in the shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not dry-clean, iron or bleach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFasten for an intimate fit but not so tightly that it restricts blood flow to the foot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek medical advice if you experience impaired sensation, reduced blood flow, allergic rash or itching, or if pain persists or worsens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor before using this device alongside another medical device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMisuse or improper fitting may reduce effectiveness or cause adverse effects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the instructions provided on the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Ankle Support used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt provides compression, warmth and controlled support to a weak or injured ankle — for chronic instability, sprains, swelling and protective support during sport — as directed by a healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it fit either ankle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the anatomical, bilateral design fits either the left or right ankle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I wear it inside a shoe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — it is slim and sleek, and the anti-slip silicone bands help keep it in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nOne universal size, fitting an ankle circumference of 18–30 cm (measured about 5 cm above the ankle joint).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e J 12\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e Universal (ankle circumference 18–30 cm)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFitting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Either ankle (bilateral)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Neoprene, Nylon (Polyamide), Polyethylene (PE splint), Silicone\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/J12-Product-manual-Ankle_Support_Neoprene.pdf?v=1780530012\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDownload Product Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31488210698298,"sku":"J12UGZ-UNI-ANKL-SPRT-NEO","price":64.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/Anle_Brace_Neoprene_092981ae-2dfe-4f95-86bf-7de63754083b.jpg?v=1594579499"},{"product_id":"j15-hinged-knee-brace-neoprene-child","title":"Tynor Hinged Knee Brace Child J15 | Neoprene Support","description":"\u003c!-- SEO\nTitle: Tynor Hinged Knee Brace Child J15 | Neoprene AU\nMeta description: Tynor J15 child hinged knee brace in four-way-stretch neoprene with aluminium side hinges and a patellar opening. Child size. Supplied by a registered NDIS provider in Perth WA.\nURL handle: j15-hinged-knee-brace-neoprene-child\nKeywords: child knee brace Australia, paediatric hinged knee brace, neoprene knee support kids, patellar support brace, Tynor Australia, orthopaedic support Australia, NDIS healthcare products, rehabilitation support\nGoogle Ads headlines (max 30 chars): Child Hinged Knee Brace | Tynor J15 Kids Knee Brace | Warm Neoprene Knee Support | NDIS Knee Support AU\nGoogle Ads descriptions (max 90 chars): Paediatric neoprene knee brace with aluminium hinges and patellar opening. Child size. | Wrap-around child knee support supplied by a registered NDIS provider, Perth WA.\n--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eTynor Hinged Knee Brace Child J15\u003c\/strong\u003e is a wrap-around neoprene knee support sized for children, built around aluminium side hinges to help provide firm lateral support while allowing natural flexion of the knee joint. The four-way-stretch neoprene fabric offers adjustable compression and retains body heat for comfortable warmth around a child's knee. An anterior patellar opening with a silicone buttress helps position the kneecap, while the hook-and-loop wrap-around design allows easy application and customised compression. Fit and supervise use under adult guidance. Supplied by Australian Healthcare Supplies, a registered NDIS provider based in Perth, Western Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade from three-layer neoprene-bonded nylon fabric with a four-way stretch for adjustable compression, comfort and grip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAluminium hinged side splints designed to provide lateral stability while allowing supportive movement through the knee's range of motion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnterior patellar opening with silicone buttress to help support and position the patella.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrap-around design with a hook-and-loop closing system for easy fitting and customised compression.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNeoprene construction retains body heat to provide comfortable warmth to the applied area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChild-sized fit for a smaller knee.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMay assist in managing discomfort associated with the following conditions:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeak or unstable knees in children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJoint stiffness and discomfort of the knee\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePatellar tracking discomfort and patellar dislocation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLigament and tendon strain of the knee\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-operative and post-cast recovery, under professional guidance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral support during sport and physical activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpen the wrap and position it around the child's knee with the patellar opening over the kneecap.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrap the panels around the knee and secure the hook-and-loop straps to a comfortable, firm level of compression.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck that the hinges sit at the sides of the knee joint and adjust as needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFit and supervise use under adult guidance; remove the product while sleeping unless advised otherwise by your healthcare professional.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Tynor Hinged Knee Brace Child J15 (Neoprene)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand wash in cold water with mild detergent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not bleach, iron or machine dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry flat in shade, away from direct heat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse this product under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek advice if the child experiences impaired sensation, impaired blood flow, allergy, rash, itching, or if discomfort persists or worsens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor before concurrent use with any other medical device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFit and supervise use under adult guidance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease check with your doctor, physiotherapist, or healthcare professional to confirm this product is suitable for your child's condition and correct sizing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this brace sized for children?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This J15 variant is supplied in a child size for a smaller knee.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it have hinges?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. It has aluminium hinged side splints designed to provide lateral stability while allowing natural knee flexion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there an opening for the kneecap?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. An anterior patellar opening with a silicone buttress helps support and position the patella.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be worn during activity?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The neoprene wrap is designed for support during daily activity and sport, subject to your healthcare professional's advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e J 15\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSizes Available:\u003c\/strong\u003e Child\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO 9001 · ISO 13485 · ISO 45001 · US FDA Registered · CE Marked · W.H.O. GMP\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Neoprene-bonded nylon fabric (three-layer), aluminium hinged splints, silicone patellar buttress, hook-and-loop closures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEC Representative:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT Promedt Consulting GmbH, Ernst-Heckel-Straße 7, 66386 St. Ingbert, Germany\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies, Perth WA — registered NDIS provider\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBulk \u0026amp; wholesale orders:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@tynor.com.au\"\u003esales@tynor.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31488210731066,"sku":"J15ICZ-CH-KNE-WRP-HING-NEO","price":69.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/pediatric-neoprene-knee-support.webp?v=1781971046"},{"product_id":"k08-metatarsalpair","title":"Tynor Metatarsal Pad Silicone K08 | Forefoot Cushion Pair","description":"\u003c!-- SEO\nTitle: Tynor Metatarsal Pad Silicone K08 | AU\nMeta description: Tynor K08 Silicone Metatarsal Pads (pair) are designed to cushion the ball of the foot and offload pressure. Supplied in Perth WA by Australian Healthcare Supplies, NDIS.\nURL handle: k08-metatarsalpair\nKeywords: metatarsal pads Australia, silicone forefoot cushion, ball of foot support, metatarsalgia support, orthopaedic foot support Australia, NDIS healthcare products, Tynor Australia\nGoogle Ads headlines (max 30 chars): Metatarsal Pads | Forefoot Cushion Pair | Ball of Foot Support | Tynor Foot Support AU\nGoogle Ads descriptions (max 90 chars): Medical-grade silicone pads designed to cushion the forefoot and offload pressure. | Supplied in Perth WA by an NDIS-registered healthcare provider.\n--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eTynor Metatarsal Pad Silicone K08\u003c\/strong\u003e is a pair of medical-grade silicone forefoot cushions designed to help take pressure off the ball of the foot and absorb shock during walking. The easy stick-on application is made to hold the pad in position, while the anatomical shape is designed to soothe pressure points and reduce rubbing and friction. Being hypoallergenic, odourless and non-absorbent, the pads are easy to clean, durable and reusable. Supplied by Australian Healthcare Supplies, a registered NDIS provider based in Perth, Western Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMedical-grade silicone with a high cushioning coefficient and shock absorption.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy stick-on application designed to hold the pad in place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnatomical shape designed to soothe pressure points at the forefoot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHypoallergenic, odourless and non-porous for easy cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptimal thickness designed to cushion while still fitting inside shoes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable and reusable with a long functional life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMay assist in managing discomfort associated with the following conditions:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetatarsalgia and forefoot soreness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMorton's neuroma\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCalluses and corns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBunions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSesamoiditis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePain in the ball of the foot on walking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure accurate placement of the pad within the footwear at the ball of the foot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition the pad and press to hold it in place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePut the foot inside the shoe and confirm the pad sits comfortably under the forefoot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 pair of Tynor Silicone Metatarsal Pads (K08)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe with a clean, moist cloth to clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry properly before wearing and after cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccurate placement within the footwear is extremely important.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek guidance from a qualified doctor in case of impaired sensation, impaired blood flow, allergy, rash or itching, or if pain increases or persists.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor before concurrent use with any other medical device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMisuse or improper use of the device can lead to adverse effects and decreased effectiveness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease check with your doctor, physiotherapist, or healthcare professional to confirm this product is suitable for your condition and correct sizing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size are these?\u003c\/strong\u003e The metatarsal pads are supplied in a universal size as a pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre they suitable for metatarsalgia or Morton's neuroma?\u003c\/strong\u003e They are designed to cushion the forefoot and offload pressure, which may assist with discomfort in these conditions. Confirm suitability with your healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan they be reused?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The silicone pads are durable and reusable with a long functional life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean them?\u003c\/strong\u003e Wipe with a clean, moist cloth and dry properly before wearing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e K08\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSizes Available:\u003c\/strong\u003e Universal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO 9001 · ISO 13485 · ISO 45001 · US FDA Registered · CE Marked · W.H.O. GMP\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medical-grade silicone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEC Representative:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT Promedt Consulting GmbH, Ernst-Heckel-Straße 7, 66386 St. Ingbert, Germany\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies, Perth WA — registered NDIS provider\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBulk \u0026amp; wholesale orders:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@tynor.com.au\"\u003esales@tynor.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"1x Pair","offer_id":31488210796602,"sku":"K08UFZ-UNI-META-PAD-GEL","price":17.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/Tynor_Metatarsal_Pads_Gel_Silicone_Pain_Relief_6.jpg?v=1595262976"},{"product_id":"l07-walking-stick-soft-top-handle-lightweight-anti-slip-cane","title":"Tynor Walking Stick Soft Top Handle L07 | Adjustable Height Walking Cane","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Walking Stick (L-07) is a height-adjustable, general-purpose walking aid that provides support and stability for confident walking, indoors and out. Its soft, gel-padded top handle is ergonomically shaped for a comfortable, secure grip with uniform load-bearing across the palm, and a complimentary safety lanyard keeps it to hand. The lightweight aluminium-alloy body is strong and durable with a weight-bearing capacity of 110 kg, while the anti-slip TPE base gives excellent traction on common floor surfaces. The handle height adjusts from 76 cm to 99 cm in 2 cm steps via a spring-loaded pin. Available in Black and Silver (one universal size).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft cushion handle\u003c\/strong\u003e — A soft, gel-padded top handle gives enhanced cushioning and uniform load-bearing across the palm for a comfortable, secure grip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy height adjustment\u003c\/strong\u003e — A spring-loaded pin adjusts the handle height from 76 cm to 99 cm in 2 cm steps, for a quick, proper fit to your posture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-strength material\u003c\/strong\u003e — A high-strength aluminium-alloy body is light yet sturdy and durable, with a 110 kg weight-bearing capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnti-slip base\u003c\/strong\u003e — A high-quality TPE ferrule with concentric grooves gives excellent traction on common floor surfaces, and is easily replaced when worn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety lanyard included\u003c\/strong\u003e — A complimentary wrist lanyard keeps the stick to hand and frees the hand when needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatex-free \u0026amp; low-maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e — The handle is latex-free, non-allergenic and odourless, and wipes clean easily.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Walking Stick is intended to provide support, stability and balance for individuals who need assistance with walking, as advised by a healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral walking support and stability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdded balance and confidence indoors and outdoors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport during recovery and rehabilitation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobility assistance for older adults\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport with posture and alignment while walking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e This walking stick has a maximum user weight of 110 kg. Always check the height is set correctly and the locking pin is fully engaged before use, and replace the rubber base (ferrule) if it becomes worn. If you're unsure about the right walking aid or set-up for you, ask your physiotherapist or occupational therapist.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor correct height setting and safe use, follow the advice of a qualified healthcare professional, physiotherapist or occupational therapist.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStand upright in your usual shoes, arms relaxed by your side.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress the spring-loaded pin and slide the lower tube to set the handle level with your wrist crease.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMake sure the pin locks fully through the hole and the height feels secure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the lanyard around your wrist and grip the handle, with the anti-slip base flat on the floor before putting weight on it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Walking Stick (L-07)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety wrist lanyard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe clean with a damp cloth and mild detergent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the locking pin, tube and handle regularly for wear or looseness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the rubber base (ferrule) regularly and replace it if worn or damaged\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore in a dry place\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum user weight: 110 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure the height-adjustment pin is fully engaged and locked before each use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the anti-slip base regularly and replace it when worn for safe grip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTake care on wet, uneven or slippery surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse as advised by a qualified healthcare professional, physiotherapist or occupational therapist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not modify the walking stick or use it for any purpose other than walking support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the L-07 Walking Stick used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt provides support, stability and balance for people who need assistance with walking, indoors and out, as advised by a healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat height does it adjust to?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe handle adjusts from 76 cm to 99 cm in 2 cm steps using a spring-loaded pin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight does it support?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt has a weight-bearing capacity of up to 110 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colours are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBlack and Silver.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e L 07\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e Universal (handle height adjustable 76–99 cm)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, Silver\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight-bearing capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 110 kg\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium alloy and mild steel body, TPE anti-slip base, gel-padded handle\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":31488210862138,"sku":"L07UCZ-BLK-WLK-STIK","price":49.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Silver","offer_id":39605875507258,"sku":"L07UDZ-SILV-WLK-STIK","price":49.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/Tynor_Walking_Stick_with_Soft_Top_Handle_Black_Australia_10.jpg?v=1595014927"},{"product_id":"l12-walking-stick-quadripod-quad-cane","title":"Tynor Walking Stick Quadripod L12 | 4-Point Aluminium Balance Walking Stick","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Quadripod Walking Stick (L-12) is a height-adjustable, four-point walking aid that gives extra support and stability for those who need more confidence on their feet. Its wide, welded quadripod base lets the stick stand on its own and provides a stable, reassuring footing, while the soft, gel-padded top handle is anatomically shaped for comfortable, ambidextrous use with uniform load-bearing across the palm. The lightweight aluminium-alloy and mild-steel body is strong and durable with a weight-bearing capacity of 110 kg, and the anti-slip TPE pods give excellent traction on common floor surfaces. The handle height adjusts from 74 cm to 98 cm. Universal size, with a complimentary safety lanyard included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnatomical hand grip with soft top\u003c\/strong\u003e — An ergonomically shaped, gel-padded handle gives soft-top comfort and a strong, uniform grip across the palm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuadripod design\u003c\/strong\u003e — A wide, four-point welded base provides superior balance and stability, and lets the stick stand on its own.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnti-skid pods\u003c\/strong\u003e — High-performance TPE pods give excellent traction and a slip-resistant grip on common floor surfaces, and are easily replaced when worn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmbidextrous design\u003c\/strong\u003e — An equal-sided base and reversible handle work equally well on the left or right side — no adjustment needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-strength, lightweight body\u003c\/strong\u003e — Aluminium-alloy and mild-steel tubing is light yet strong and durable, with a 110 kg weight-bearing capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight adjustable\u003c\/strong\u003e — The handle height adjusts from 74 cm to 98 cm to match your posture, with a safety lanyard included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Quadripod Walking Stick is intended to provide extra support, balance and stability for individuals who need assistance with walking, as advised by a healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtra stability and balance for walking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdded confidence indoors and outdoors, including on stairs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport during recovery and rehabilitation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobility assistance for older adults\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA self-standing aid for those who need to free their hands intermittently\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e This walking stick has a maximum user weight of 110 kg. Always check the height is set correctly and the locking pin is fully engaged before use, and replace the rubber pods (ferrules) if they become worn. If you're unsure about the right walking aid or set-up for you, ask your physiotherapist or occupational therapist.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor correct height setting and safe use, follow the advice of a qualified healthcare professional, physiotherapist or occupational therapist.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStand upright in your usual shoes, arms relaxed by your side.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet the handle height level with your wrist crease using the adjustment mechanism, between 74 cm and 98 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMake sure the height is locked securely and all four pods sit flat on the floor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the lanyard around your wrist and grip the handle, with the base flat and stable before putting weight on it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Quadripod Walking Stick (L-12)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety wrist lanyard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe clean with a damp cloth and mild detergent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the tube, handle and base regularly for wear or looseness, and replace the stick if the body is damaged\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the rubber pods (ferrules) regularly and replace them if worn or damaged\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore in a dry place\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum user weight: 110 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure the height is set and locked securely before each use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMake sure all four pods are flat on the ground before putting weight on the stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the anti-slip pods regularly and replace them when worn for safe grip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplace the stick if you notice any damage to the body\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse as advised by a qualified healthcare professional, physiotherapist or occupational therapist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the L-12 Quadripod Walking Stick used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt provides extra support, balance and stability for people who need more assistance with walking, indoors and out, as advised by a healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes a quad cane different?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIts wide four-point base offers greater stability than a single-tip stick and lets the cane stand on its own.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat height does it adjust to?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe handle adjusts from 74 cm to 98 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight does it support?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt has a weight-bearing capacity of up to 110 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e L 12\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e Universal (handle height adjustable 74–98 cm)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight-bearing capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 110 kg\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e Four-point quadripod (ambidextrous)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium alloy and mild steel body, TPE anti-slip pods, gel-padded handle\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31488210894906,"sku":"L12UDZ-UNI-WLK-QUDRIPOD","price":74.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/tynor-india-walking-quadripod-soft-top-handle-tywa04-07_2048x_1d9ec5bb-bcc9-4e82-aee2-1a36d1c43594.jpg?v=1590258106"},{"product_id":"l13-adjustable-forearm-elbow-crutches-soft-top-handle","title":"Tynor Elbow Crutch Adjustable L13 | Aluminium Forearm Crutch","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Elbow Crutch (L-13) is a modern, height-adjustable forearm crutch designed to provide stability and partial weight-bearing support when one or both legs need assistance. It spreads the supporting load across the wrist and forearm to ease concentrated pressure on the hands, with a soft, gel-padded ambidextrous handle for comfort and a flip-down forearm cuff with a hook-and-loop closure that holds the arm securely and leaves the hands free. The high-strength aluminium-alloy body is light yet durable with a weight-bearing capacity of 110 kg, and the anti-slip TPE pod gives reliable traction. The height adjusts from 75 cm to 99 cm. Sold individually (single crutch), universal size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable aluminium construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — High-strength, anodised aluminium-alloy tubing is light yet strong, with a 110 kg weight-bearing capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy height adjustment\u003c\/strong\u003e — The height adjusts from 75 cm to 99 cm to help maintain a proper, comfortable walking posture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable forearm support\u003c\/strong\u003e — An adjustable, flip-style elbow cuff with a hook-and-loop closure holds the forearm securely for balanced, uniform support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft gel-padded handle\u003c\/strong\u003e — An ergonomic, gel-padded handle spreads load across the palm and eases pressure on the hands; latex-free, non-allergenic and odourless.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnti-slip TPE pod\u003c\/strong\u003e — A high-performance TPE pod provides reliable traction and wear resistance on common floor surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHands-free security\u003c\/strong\u003e — The secure forearm cuff lets you keep your hands free when needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Elbow Crutch is intended to provide stability and partial weight-bearing support for individuals with restricted mobility in one or both legs, as advised by a healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePartial weight-bearing support for a recovering or restricted leg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStability and support while walking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport during recovery and rehabilitation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpreading load from the hands across the wrist and forearm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdded confidence indoors and outdoors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e This crutch has a maximum user weight of 110 kg, and is sold individually — your healthcare professional will advise whether you need one or two. Always check the height and elbow cuff are set and secured correctly before use, and replace the rubber pod (ferrule) if it becomes worn. A physiotherapist or occupational therapist can fit and set up your crutch correctly.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor correct fitting, height setting and safe use, follow the advice of a qualified healthcare professional, physiotherapist or occupational therapist.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet the handle height so it sits level with your wrist crease when you stand upright (between 75 cm and 99 cm).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjust the elbow cuff so it sits comfortably around your forearm, just below the elbow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFasten the cuff closure and check the height and cuff are locked securely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the anti-slip pod flat on the floor and take weight through the handle, as advised by your healthcare professional.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Elbow Crutch (L-13) — single crutch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe clean with a damp cloth and mild detergent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the tube, handle, elbow cuff and closures regularly for wear or looseness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the rubber pod (ferrule) regularly and replace it if worn or damaged\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore in a dry place\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum user weight: 110 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure the height and elbow cuff are set and secured before each use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the anti-slip pod regularly and replace it when worn for safe grip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTake care on wet, uneven or slippery surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse as advised by a qualified healthcare professional, physiotherapist or occupational therapist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not modify the crutch or use it for any purpose other than mobility support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the L-13 Elbow Crutch used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt provides stability and partial weight-bearing support for people with restricted mobility in one or both legs, spreading load from the hands across the wrist and forearm, as advised by a healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it sold as a pair?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt is sold individually (a single crutch). Your healthcare professional will advise whether you need one or two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat height does it adjust to?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe handle adjusts from 75 cm to 99 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight does it support?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt has a weight-bearing capacity of up to 110 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e L 13\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e Universal (handle height adjustable 75–99 cm)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single crutch (sold individually)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight-bearing capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 110 kg\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium alloy body, TPE anti-slip pod, gel-padded polymer handle\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":31488210927674,"sku":"L13UGZ-UNI-ELBW-CRTCH","price":74.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/Tynor_Australia_Premium_Adjustable_Forearm_Elbow_Crutches_Soft_Top_Handle_10.jpg?v=1594741786"},{"product_id":"l32-walking-stick-tripod-soft-top-handle","title":"Tynor Tripod Walking Stick L32 | Soft Top Handle","description":"\u003c!-- SEO\nTitle: Tynor Tripod Walking Stick L32 | Mobility Aid AU\nMeta description: Tynor L32 Tripod Walking Stick with soft gel handle and self-standing 3-leg base. Height-adjustable mobility support from a Perth WA registered NDIS provider.\nURL handle: l32-walking-stick-tripod-soft-top-handle\nKeywords: tripod walking stick, walking stick Australia, mobility aids Australia, gel handle cane, self-standing walking stick, NDIS healthcare products, Tynor Australia, adjustable walking cane\nGoogle Ads headlines: Tripod Walking Stick | Self-Standing Cane | Soft Gel Handle | NDIS Mobility Aid\nGoogle Ads descriptions: Height-adjustable tripod walking stick with soft gel handle. | Self-standing 3-leg base for added stability. Australian stock.\n--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Tripod Walking Stick L32 is designed to provide stabilising support when one leg needs extra assistance during walking. Its self-standing three-leg base offers a broad footprint for added stability and confidence, while the height-adjustment feature helps support proper load bearing, comfort and posture. The ergonomically shaped, gel-padded soft top handle is wide-bodied for a comfortable grip and is latex-free, non-allergenic and odourless. Supplied by Australian Healthcare Supplies, a registered NDIS provider based in Perth, Western Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelf-standing tripod base with a broad footprint, designed to help provide stability on common floor surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eErgonomically shaped soft gel top handle, wide-bodied for a comfortable grip across the palm; latex-free, non-allergenic and odourless.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight-adjustable frame (handle height approximately 71 cm to 95 cm) to suit the user's posture and height.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMild steel and aluminium alloy body, anodised for a durable, long-lasting finish while remaining lightweight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-performance TPE pods designed to provide traction, wear resistance and resilience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety lanyard included, allowing the hand to remain free.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum recommended weight-bearing capacity of 110 kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMay assist in managing discomfort associated with the following conditions:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduced balance or stability when walking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeakness or reduced weight-bearing in one leg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecovery following lower-limb surgery or injury.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral mobility support for elderly users.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjust the handle height so the top of the handle sits at wrist level when standing upright with arms relaxed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure the height-adjustment pin locks fully into position before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHold the stick on the side opposite the affected leg and move it forward with the affected leg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck that all pods make even contact with the ground before placing weight through the stick.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Tynor Tripod Walking Stick L32 with soft top handle and safety lanyard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe with a clean, moist, lint-free cloth to clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the pods regularly and replace them when the tread pattern wears down.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplace the stick if you notice any damage to the body or base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease check with your doctor, physiotherapist, or healthcare professional to confirm this product is suitable for your condition and correct sizing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek advice if the stick or pods show signs of damage or excessive wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMisuse or improper use of the device can lead to adverse effects and reduced effectiveness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the walking stick self-standing?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The three-leg tripod base allows the stick to stand on its own on level surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe maximum recommended weight-bearing capacity is 110 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the height be adjusted?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The handle height adjusts between approximately 71 cm and 95 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre replacement pods available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Worn pods can be replaced with Tynor replacement rubber pods of the matching diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e L 32\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSizes Available:\u003c\/strong\u003e Universal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO 9001 · ISO 13485 · ISO 45001 · US FDA Registered · CE Marked · W.H.O. GMP\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mild steel \u0026amp; aluminium alloy, TPE, gel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEC Representative:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT Promedt Consulting GmbH, Ernst-Heckel-Straße 7, 66386 St. Ingbert, Germany\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies, Perth WA — registered NDIS provider\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBulk \u0026amp; wholesale orders:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@tynor.com.au\"\u003esales@tynor.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31488210960442,"sku":"L32UDZ-UNI-WLK-STIK-TRIPOD","price":69.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/tynor-india-walking-tripod-soft-top-handle-tywa03-06_2048x_550e92a0-a00c-442f-a7fc-660ad78b75f7.jpg?v=1594995497"},{"product_id":"k14-bunion-splint-unisex","title":"Tynor Bunion Splint K14 | Hallux Valgus Support","description":"\u003c!-- SEO\nPage title: Bunion Splint for Hallux Valgus | Tynor K14 | Australia\nMeta description: Tynor Bunion Splint (K14) is a hinged big-toe splint designed to help hold the toe in a more aligned position for hallux valgus. Fits either foot, day or night. Supplied by Australian Healthcare Supplies, a registered NDIS provider in Perth WA.\nKeywords: bunion splint, tynor K14, hallux valgus splint, big toe splint, bunion night splint, dynamic hinge bunion splint\n--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Bunion Splint is a hinged big-toe splint designed to help hold the big toe in a straighter, more aligned position for hallux valgus (bunion). It can also be worn after bunion surgery to help maintain the toe's alignment. A dynamic motion hinge keeps the foot flexible, so the splint can be worn while walking, as a day or night splint, and the cushioned ball-joint pad is designed to support the transverse arch. Supplied by Australian Healthcare Supplies, a registered NDIS provider based in Perth, Western Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDynamic motion hinge that flexes with the toe, so the splint can be worn while walking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong, ventilated moulded polymer shell, anatomically shaped to suit almost every foot size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushioned ball-joint pad, designed to support the transverse arch and help unload the ball of the foot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoft, adjustable mid-foot and toe straps for a secure, customisable fit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrimmable main strap with a Y hook-tape clamp for a tailored length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBilateral, ambidextrous — fits either foot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlim enough to wear inside a wide-front shoe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable as a day or night splint\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMay assist in managing discomfort associated with the following conditions:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBunions (hallux valgus) of the big toe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBig-toe mal-positioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport following bunion surgery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCongenital deformities of the big toe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eArthritis or inflammatory joint conditions of the big toe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe splint is one universal size and can be worn on either foot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRelease the hook-and-loop fasteners on the mid-foot (large) and toe (small) straps to loosen them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlide the splint onto the foot so the hinge sits directly over the big-toe joint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHold both ends of the large strap and the splint, draw the strap ends together and fasten — one tab to the lower side, one to the upper.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTighten the toe strap in the same way.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the ball-joint pad on the underside of the foot, under the large strap, so its edge does not extend past the centre of the hinge; use it whenever walking (unless special insoles are worn).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuild up wear time gradually, and use as directed by your healthcare professional.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Tynor Bunion Splint (K14)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Ball-joint arch pad\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x User manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand wash with mild detergent in water below 30°C; do not wring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the hook-and-loop fasteners before washing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry in the shade on a flat surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not dry-clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not iron.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not bleach.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn the beginning, wear for only a few hours to get used to it, then build up wear time gradually.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTighten enough to hold the toe in position while keeping it comfortable and bearable — do not over-tighten.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure there is no constriction; avoid ill-fitting or pointed shoes and choose wide-front, slightly oversized footwear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not wear while swimming or at the beach.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and consult a qualified doctor if you experience impaired sensation, impaired blood flow, allergic rash or itching, or if pain increases or persists.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor in the case of concurrent use with any other medical device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMisuse or improper use of the device can lead to adverse effects and reduced performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Bunion Splint designed to do?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is designed to help hold the big toe in a straighter, more aligned position for hallux valgus, and can also be worn after bunion surgery to help maintain alignment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I wear it while walking?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The dynamic hinge flexes with the toe, so it can be worn during walking, both day and night. Use the ball-joint pad whenever you walk in it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it fit either foot?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. One universal size fits either the left or right foot and most toe sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long should I wear it at first?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eStart with just a few hours to get used to it, then increase wear time gradually as advised by your healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e K14\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSizes Available:\u003c\/strong\u003e Universal\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO 9001 · ISO 13485 · ISO 45001 · US FDA Registered · CE Marked · W.H.O. GMP\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEC Representative:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT Promedt Consulting GmbH, Altenhofstraße 80, D-66386 St. Ingbert, Germany\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies, Perth WA — registered NDIS provider\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBulk orders:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"mailto:sam@tynor.com.au\"\u003eContact our team for bulk or NDIS pricing\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/Bunion_Splint.pdf?2963\" title=\"Tynor Bunion Splint user manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Manual (PDF)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31488210993210,"sku":"K14UHZ-UNI-BUNION-SPLT","price":44.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/tynor-bunion-splint-k14-hallux-valgus-support-australia.webp?v=1780409889"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/collections\/tynor-sports-supports-mobility-recovery-braces-australia_19cb03de-ea4f-47a6-9329-d848aef57407.webp?v=1781875715","url":"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/collections\/all-products.oembed?page=15","provider":"Tynor Australia","version":"1.0","type":"link"}